Skip to main content

Full text of "The Sudan Campaign, 1896-1899"

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http : //books . google . com/| 



Sudan CAMPAiCN 


i^^^^^^^^^^^^^^M 


^■■hp 


^^^^H 


by 'An Officer' 


1 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^1 

f 


■ 


1 




The CELLAR BOOK SHOP 

Box 6, CollC);? Park Sla. 

Detroit 21, Mich. - U.S.A. 



S^tSlQ 



K 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN 



1 8 9 6—1 8 9 9 



/ / 



i 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN 




/ 



1896-1899 



By 'AN OFFICER' 



WITS ILLUSTRATIONS, MAPS, PLANS, ETC. 



< - 



LONDON 

CHAPMAN & HALL, Ld. 

1899 



J) 



Richard Clay A Sokb, Limited, 

LONDOV A BUNOAV. 



CONTENTS 



CHAPTER I 



PAliR 



Abyssinians defeat Italians at Adua — Dongola Expedition 
ordered — Situation on the Frontier — Previous events — Assault 
on Murat Wells — Wad Nejumi's Invasion — Dervish Raids — 
Fight at Sarras — Actions at Gemaizeh, Tokar, and Handoub . 1 



CHAPTER II 

Sirdar's Plan for Dongola Expedition — Advance to Akasheh 
— Cavalry and Camel Corps Work — Roddy Owen's birthday — 
Railway construction — Lieutenant Girouard, R.E. — The 
Transport Corps — Fighting near Suakim — Captain Fen wick's 
gallantry — Cavalry fight near Akasheh — Abortive Raid on 
Railway ....... 10 



CHAPTER III 

Progress of the Railway — North Staffordshire Regiment — 
Concentration at Akasheh — Night march on Ferket — Battle 
of Ferket — Occupation of Suarda — Sirdar's Plans — i^larching 
of 7th Battalion — Line of communications — Supply arrange- 
ments — Cholera — Railway reaches Kosheh — Pulling boats up 
Cataracts — Building new Gunboats — Trying desert march to 
Absarrat » . .27 



vi CONTENTS 



CHAPTER IV 



PAOB 



Railway broken by Floods — Sirdar's energy — Repairing 
Railway — More Floods and Accidents — Cylinder of new Gun- 
boat bursts . . . . .49 



CHAPTER V 

Leaving Kosheh for Dongola — Strength of the Force — 
Cavalry reconnaissance — Wreck of a Gunboat — Action at 
Hafir — Crossing the river — Gunboats at Dongola — March on 
Dongola — Entry into Dongola — Occupation of Debbeh, Korti, 
and Merowi — Sirdar's Plans . . . . .56 



CHAFTER VI 

Reaction — Camel Corps in the Bayuda Desert — Quiet 
pi'ogress — Sirdar's plan — Desert Railway, Haifa to Abu 
Hamed — Reconnaissance of Desert — Camel riding . . 72 



CHAPTER VII 

Completion of Halfa-Kerma Railway — Cavalry Skirmish 
at Essalamat — Dervishes under Mahmud massacre Jaalin and 
occupy Metemmeh — Progress of Railway — Dervishes at Abu 
Hamcd reconnoitred — Sirdar's Plan — General Hunter's 
Column starts for Abu Hamed — Capture of Abu Hamed . 98 



CHAPTER VIII 

Critical position — Supply difficulties — Disaster to Camel . 
Convoy — Gunboats in the Cataracts — Dervishes evacuate 
Berber — General Hunter reconnoitres Berber — Khalifa's 
Plans — Difficult line of communications — We occupy Berber — 
Desert Railway reaches Abu Hamed — Railway construction . 112 



CONTENTS vii 



CHAPTER IX 



PAUK 



Bombardment of Metemmeh — Dervish raids — Suakim- 
Berber route open — Progress of Telegraph — Italians hand 
over Kassala to the Egyptians . . .128 



CHAPTER X 

Critical situation — Rumours of a Dervish advance — Sirdar 
alters his dispositions — English Brigade to the front — 
Mahmud advances — Sirdar concentrates — Cavalry reconnais- 
sance — Mahmud enti-enches himself on the Atbara . .134 



CHAPTER XI 

Sirdar destroys Shendi — Reason for attack — General Hunter 
reconnoitres — Battle of Atbara . . .146 



CHAPTER XII 

Altered situation after Battle of Atbtira — Preparations for 
the final advance — Railway reaches Abadieh — New Gunboats 
erected — Railway construction — All Steamers and Boats 
collected at Atbara . . . . .162 



CHAPTER Xni 

British Reinforcements — Advance to Wad Hamed 
commences — Whole Force concentrated at Wad Hamed — The 
Shabluka Pass — Detail of the Force — On the March . .173 



CHAPTER XIV 

Arrival at Kerreri Hill and Village Egaiga — Omdurman 
sighted — Gunboats and Howitzers bombard Omdurman — 
Advance of Dervishes — Awaiting a night attack — Dervishes 



viii CONTENTS 



PAOB 



attack in the morning — Manwuvring of Egyptian Cavalry — 
Camel Corps in danger — Dervishes driven off with great 
loss — We advance on Omdurman in echelon — 21st Lancers 
charge — MacDonald's Brigade attacked by Klialifa's force — 
Dispositions to relieve MacDonald — MacDonald hotly engaged 
— Ali Wad Helu's force attacks rear of MacDoniild's Brigade 
— Dervishes divided and sun*ounded — Rout of Dervishes — 
Pursuit — Entry into Omdurman — Surrender of ita Garrison — 
Searching for Khalifa — Neufeld — The casualties on both 
sides ........ 185 



CHAPTER XV 

Interior of Omdurman — The Dervish wounded — Tlie 
Mahdi's Tomb — Dervish Steamer surrenders — Wliite men at 
Fashoda — Flotilla leaves for Fashoda — Major Marchand at 
Fashoda — British troops return to Cairo . . . 225 



CHAPTER XVI 

The Eastern Sudan — Capture of Gedaref — Critical sitmition 
at Credaref — Reinforcements sent — Ahmed Fedil attempts to 
cross Blue Nile at Roseires — Defeated with great loss by 
Colonel Lewis — Expedition against Khalifa unsuccessful — 
Conclusion ....... 234 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

PAOB 

Dervislies captured at Feiket . . . . . ,37 

Artillery ........ 39 

El Tnhra, Gordon's steamer . . .65 

Sakiyeh at Dongola. Dervish prisoners ulonjjjside . . 69 

Camel corps ........ 79 

Camel corps ....... 81 

Desert travelling, old style and new . . . . .83 

Starting on a long desert ride ..... 87 

Arab desert police, Suakim . . . . .89 

Spiking parties in front of train . . . . . 117 

Plate-laying party returning to camp after work . . 121 

English troops arriving at Haifa . . . . .135 

Sirdar's camp, Rasel Hudi on Athara ..... 142 

Egy])tian artillery . . . . . . .156 

Sirdar inspecting guard of honour <m his return to Halfix after battle 

ofAtbara ........ 159 

Hut in Atl>ara fort ...... 166 

The gunlxxit in sections loaded on to train to go across to Abadieh . 167 
Haifa workshops . . . . . .170 

The Melik with troops steaming up to Khartum . . .176 

Carriage used by Gordon. NeufeM in background . . 222 

The Bordevt, Gordon's steamer captured at Khartum 232 



IX 



MAPS 

PAOK 

1. Showing situation at commencement of Campaign 

To face page 2 
11. Showing positions of Dervish and Egyptian forces and rail- 
head just before attack on Ferkct . . . .29 

III. Showing line of communications, Cairo to Suarda . . 41 

IV. Illustrating advance on Dongula . . To fdce |Xij/e 56 
V. Showing what was known of Nubian Desert wlieu Siixlar 

decided to make Rtiilway across it . . To face page 77 
VI. Showing what l>ecame known of Desert from reconnaissances 

To face page 79 

VII. Showing situation just before advance on A])u Hamed . 101 
VIII. Line of communications, Cairo to Berber, when Berber was 

first occupied . .... To face page 119 
IX. Mahmud's advance ti» the Atbara and the Sirdar's counter- 
moves ..... To face page 141 
X. Showing situation just before Battle of Atbara . . 149 
XI. Showing altered situation after Battle of Atbara . . 165 
XII. Line of communications for Khartum Expedition 

Tofac^page 174 

XIII. Showing advance from river Atbara to Omdurman . . 183 

XIV. The Sudan ..... To face page 260 



X 



DIAGRAMS 

PAOK 

I. Advance on Ferket . . .31 

II. Attack on Ferket ..... 35 

III. Action at Hafir .59 

IV. Capture of Dongola ..... 67 
V. Attack on Abn Hamed .107 

VI. Battle of Atbara .153 

VII. Showing position on afternoon of 1st September .189 

VIII. Battle of Omdurman ..... 193 

IX. Showing situation when Dervish first attack had been driven 

off, and Sirdar decided to move on Omdnrnian .199 

X. Showing situation when MacDonald's Brigade was attacked 

by Khalifa ... . . 203 

XI. Showing deployment of Col. MacDonald's Brigade . 207 

XII. Showing Lewis's Brigade coming into action against Khalifa's 

flank ....... 209 

XIII. Showing change of front of MacDonald's Brigade 211 

XIV. Showing general advance of Aiiglo-Egvptians and rout of 

Dervishes .214 

XV. Omdurman ....... 221 

Capture of Gedaref ...... 245 



XI 



Note. — The seniles of the Diagrams and Maps are different to the 
ones ordinarily used, owing to the original drawings having to be 
reduced to fit the size of the book. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN 

18 9 6—1 8 9 9 



CHAPTER I 

On the 8tli March, 189G, the Abyssinians defeated 
the Italians at the battle of Adua. This encouraged the 
Dervishes to attack the Italians at Kassala, where, after 
some severe fighting, the Italians were victorious. 

Having, however, retreated from Abyssinian ten-itory, 
the Italians considered that Kassala was of no further 
use to them, and not worth the expense and trouble of 
garrisoning. They therefore decided to evacuate it. 

This decision having been made, it now became neces- 
sary for her Majesty's Government to decide whether 
they intended ever to reconquer the Sudan. If so, it 
was most undesirable that the important strategic point 
Kassala should fall into the hands of the Dervishes, 
'['he importance of Kassala will become evident when 
the tale of the operations is unfolded. 

Her Majesty's Government, having decided to att<3mpt 

the reconquest of the Sudan, prevailed upon the Italians 

to retain Kassala until we were in a position to take it 

. over. Since the Italians wished to hand the place over as 

B 



2 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

soon as possible, the commencement of the reconquest 
of the Sudan was ordered forthwith. 

It will be as well to give a brief summary of the 
events of the previous few years, and explain the relative 
positions of the Dervish and Eg}"ptian forces. 

Since 1886 the frontier station of the Eg}^tian army 
on the Nile had been at Wady Haifa, with later an 
advance post at Sarras, thirty-three miles further soutli 
and connected by rail with Haifa. Wady Haifa is at 
the northern end of the Second Cataract, which for over 
one hundred miles impedes communication on the river ; 
consequently, with an advance post at Sarras it was 
difficult for the Dervishes to advance in any numbers, 
whereas our water communication was open right down 
to Shellal. 

In the Nubian Desert on the east there was a caravan 
route from Abu Hamed to Korosko, but water could only 
be obtained at one place, Murat AVells, which were forti- 
fied and held by the friendly Ababdeh Arabs and a com- 
pany of Egyptian troops. Further still to the east is a 
caravan route connecting Berber and Assouan, with wells 
every day's journey. These wells also were held by 
friendly Arabs, and would not supply a large force. 
These two caravan routes were the only lines on which 
the Dervish could have advanced through the Nubian 
Desert, while in the Libyan Desert on the west their 
only line of advance was the Arbain or forty days route 
between Assiout in Lower Eg}^t, and Darfur. This 
route we had also blocked by holding the oasis of Sheb. 
On several occasions the Dervishes had tried either 
determined advances or else raids on these lines. At 





^-^^' 



'X* 



..•»• 



o 
z 
o 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 3 

one time they attempted to capture Murat Wells by a 
coup'de-main. Riding from Abu Hamed, they went a 
distance of about one hundred and thirty miles across 
the desert to Gebel Raffat, a hill about twenty miles to 
the west of Murat Wells, where some rain-water had 
collected. Murat Wells fort at this time had no regular 
troops in its garrison. Having watered and rested at 
Raffat, the Dervishes the next day stole up under cover 
of the hills to within a few hundred yards of the fort, 
and then attempted to rush the surprised garrison, 
several of whom were outside looking after their flocks. 
The Ababdeh though surprised rose to the occasion. 
The gate of the fort was slammed just as the leading 
Dervishes reached it, and after some hand-to-hand fight- 
ing, and a good expenditure of ammunition, the Dervishes 
retired to the opposite hills, from which they kept up a 
fusillade which prevented any one going to the wells for 
water all through that day and the following night. 
Again at sunrise the Dervishes attempted an assault, 
but being again driven off* with severe loss the remnant 
returned to Abu Hamed. 

Saleh Bey, the gallant sheikh of the Ababdehs, who 
had conducted the defence, was unfortunately mortally 
wounded. After this the Murat garrison was strength- 
ened by some Egyptian infantry. The English officer 
in charge of the reinforcement found the place in a very 
unsanitary condition, owing to the fact that the Ababdeh 
would not bury the dead Dervishes. 

Along the Nile Wad Nejumi had made a determined 
invasion in 1889, and it was on this occasion that the 
hardest fight of these days took place. It arose almost 



4 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

unexpectedly from a reconnaissance which the Egyptian 
forces were making when they encountered Wad Nejumi's 
advancing forces at Argin. The Dervishes had been 
making a long desert march in order the better to con- 
ceal their whereabouts, and had come down to the river 
at Argin. The Egyptian force attempted to drive them 
thirsty into the desert again. The Dervish fights well 
)at all times, but when he is fighting for water as well as 
for love of fighting he is a rough customer to tackle, and 
for a long time it was a hand-to-hand ding-dong busi- 
ness. To take one instance — Captain Fenwick in com- 
mand of half a battalion found himself driven back and 
back by superior numbers, until at last his rear rank 
were standing in the river, and it would have gone hard 
with him had not Colonel (now General) Hunter re- 
inforced him in the nick of time. It was this fio^ht at 
Argin which broke the spirit of Nejumi's followers, and 
facilitated their final overthrow at Toski a few days later. 
A typical instance occurred at this time of the hard luck 
which always attends the giving of medals. Captains 
Nason and Fenwick, wounded at Argin, were sent down 
to the Cairo Hospital, so that on the day on which Toski 
was fought they were a few miles north of the medal 
zone. As English troops were present at Toski, the 
blue and white medal ribbon was given as well as the 
Khedive's star ; but as no English troops were present 
at Argin, only the Khedive's star was given to the two 
above-mentioned wounded officers. 

After Wad Nejumi's invasion had failed the 
Dervishes confined themselves to raiding. In this they 
w^ere occasionally successful. A small party would start 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 5 

from the Dervish outpost at Akasheh, and taking a 
plentiful supply of water-skins would drop them out in 
the desert about twenty-five miles from ' Haifa ; they 
would then swoop down on some village behind Haifa, 
murdering man, woman, and child, carry oflF whatever 
they could find, and then evade the pursuit of the Haifa 
garrison by going straight into the desert to the spot 
where they had dropped their water-skins; having 
watered their horses they would be off" again, while their 
pursuers, having no water, would be unable to follow. So 
bold did they get, that on one occasion they descended 
on the ofticers playing polo outside Haifa, causing them 
to relinquish the game and bolt for the Haifa gate. On 
another occasion, when General Knowles was reviewing 
the Haifa garrison, the parade was broken up quickly to 
allow some of the troops to go in pursuit of raiding 
Dervishes. Only a few months before the Dongola 
Expedition, the raiders had galloped through Tewfikieh 
within a mile of Haifa, slashing at the unarmed and 
inoffensive inhabitants, several of whom were drowned 
in attempting to save themselves by the river. Again, 
another time they captured our outpost fort at Khor 
Moussa three miles south of Haifa, but held it only for a 
few hours, as it was promptly re-captured by the 13th 
Battalion under Captain Machell. It was in order to 
cut off" the retreat of the raiders that we established 
an advance post at Sarras, thirty-three miles south of 
Haifa. Before we occupied this the Dervishes had been 
wont to use it as a base for raiding, but when occupied 
by us it enabled the garrison there to cut off* the retreat 
of the raiders, and it proved an excellent measure. The 



6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

Dervishes only raided where it was fairly safe. They 
never attacked troops, only defenceless villages, and they 
had as much objection as any one else to finding their 
line of retreat cut. 

The importance which they attached to Sarras was 
evident from the way in which they fought for it. In 
fact, next to Argin, it was the stiffest fight of those 
days. The Dervishes got right into the centre of our 
infantry line, and hand-to-hand fighting ensued, in which 
at first the Dervishes slowly bore back the Egj^ptian 
troops. 

Major Rundle, commanding the artillery in the centre 
of our position, saw a confused mass of friends and 
enemies gradually coming on to his guns. If the guns 
were overwhelmed before the supports came up, the 
centre of the position would have been lost and a rout 
probable. He therefore loaded up his guns with case, 
and delayed as long as possible before firing into friends 
and foes alike. Fortunately the tide of victory turned, 
and gradually every Dervish who had penetrated our 
firing line was killed. 

A similar state of things existed at Suakim. The 
tribes in the neighbourhood, stirred up by Osman Digna, 
constantly attempted to worry the garrison. In fact, in 
1888 they practically besieged the place, but the action 
of Gemaizeh turned them out of their trenches, and 
caused a great number of the tribes, notably the powerful 
Hadendowa, to assume a neutral attitude ; a severe blow 
was dealt to the Dervishes in this district when their 
base at Tokar was captured in 1893, and after this the 
district became comparatively safe, nearly all the tribes- 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 7 

men refusing to respond to the calls of Osman Digna in 
his attempt to organize raids. That gentleman became 
notorious for his ability in planning raids in which he 
took care to look well after his own skin. He had always 
relays of horses ready, and after a raid would gallop for 
eighty miles without stopping. Tokar was a great loss 
to the Dervishes, as it was a fertile spot, which supplied 
them with plenty of food, and formed a base from which 
to raid. Here also they fought hard to retain their 
advantage, and very nearly caught our attacking force 
unprepared ; but the steadiness of the Egyptian troops 
was all that could be desired, and though some Dervishes 
got right up to the square they got no further. 

It was near Suakim that Osman Digna was nearly 
captured by Sir Herbert Kitchener, at that time 
Governor of Suakim. He received news that Osman 
Digna was comfortably established at Handoub, about 
fifteen miles distant. He asked for permission from 
Cairo to attack him. At this time the strictest instruc- 
tions had been issued that no advance was to be made of 
even the smallest kind, and so Cairo forbade the use of 
the Suakim troops on this venture, but recommended 
that the friendly tribes should be incited to attack, while 
a few cavalry might be allowed to be in reserve to give 
the tribesmen confidence. On receipt of this Colonel 
Kitchener quickly collected a motley crowd of friendly 
Arabs, and at sunset paraded them to receive ammuni- 
tion. Captain Hickman, while superintending the dis- 
tribution of ammunition, noticed that several of the men 
belonging to the Sudanese regiments of the gamson 
had brought their arms, and dressed in gallaheas had 



8 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

mixed themselves with the Arab levies. He reported 
this to Colonel Kitchener, and asked what he should do. 
" Oh, give them ammunition and say nothing," was the 
answer. With this scratch lot of scallywags and a few 
cavalry Colonel Kitchener and Captain Hickman started 
oflF at sunrise the next morning, and completely surprised 
t)sman Digna and his men at prayers. Osman Digna as 
usual leaped on his horse and galloped away. His fol- 
lowers, thinking they were attacked by a large force, fled 
precipitately, many being shot down. But the friendly 
Arabs, instead of following up the Derv'ishes immediately, 
scattered among the huts looting the Dervish property. 
The Dervishes finding they were not followed stopped, 
and soon got over their alarm when they saw that they 
were in larger numbers than their attackers, and quickly 
grasped the opportunity afforded to attack the friendlies 
while scattered in search of loot. C-harging back the 
Dervishes drove the friendlies out, and the only thing 
that saved disaster was the presence of the men from 
the Sudanese regiments. Colonel Kitchener and Captain 
Hickman collected these, and gradually the Arabs rallied 
on them ; Captain Hickman then brought up the cavalry 
which had been waiting in support. The Dervishes had 
stopped, hesitating, and the moment for a charge ap- 
peared to be nearing when Colonel Kitchener was hit by 
a bullet. With difficulty he kept his saddle, and the 
friendlies seeing this ran, leaving the few Sudanese and 
cavalry to look after themselves. Colonel Kitchener was 
badly hit, but Captain Hickman kept things together. 
The cavalry threatened each flank of the Dervishes 
alternately, and the Sudanese retired steadily firing. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 9 

Thus the whole way back to Suakim did the Dervishes 
threaten to overwhelm them, but always hesitated before 
the determined front and the watchful cavalry. 

Colonel Kitchener's wound was a curious one which 
puzzled the doctors. The bullet broke his jaw, and then 
went down his throat without doing further damage, 
but it fairly puzzled the doctors to find it, as Colonel 
Kitchener did not know till some time afterwards that 
he had swallowed it. 

This brief and necessarily incomplete sketch of the 
fighting previous to 1896 will give some idea of the 
situation when the Government ordered an advance to 
Dongola. On every line of advance the Dervishes had 
tested our defence to their cost, and their raiding bases 
had been captured, with the result that the tribes on our 
side of the frontier felt secure from raids, and being 
confident in our power were either friendly or neutral. 



CHAPTER II 

It was therefore in March 1896 that her Majesty's 
Government decided to once more attempt the conquest 
of the Sudan. Doubtless there was considerable dis- 
cussion over the oft-debated question of the route to 
be taken, whether by Suakim-Berber or Suakim-Kassala, 
or by direct advance up the Nile. A discussion of these 
routes does not come within the compass of this book, 
which aims simply at giving an account of the campaign 
as it occurred; wiser heads than mine have discussed 
before now the relative merits of the three routes. 

Whatever the reasons adduced may have been, the 
fact remains that, whether right or wrong, it was decided 
as a first measure to reconquer Dongola, and that as 
the preliminary stages of the advance were not likely 
to meet with much opposition, the regenerated Egyptian 
army was to carry out the work as long as possible, and 
to be re-inforced if necessary by British troops. 

A fortunate consequence of the decision to employ 
the Egyptian army only was that it caused the under- 
taking to be put in the hands of the man who proved 
himself to be w^onderfully fitted for the task. 

Colonel Sir Herbert Kitchener, K.C.M.G., Sirdar of 

10 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896--1899 11 

the Egyptian army, was called upon to forthwith 
arrange a scheme for, and carry out, the expedition to 
Dongola. 

Let us examine the problem that presented itself to 
him. The main body of the Dervish garrison of the 
Dongola province was in Dongola itself, but there was 
a considerable number, variously estimated at from two 
thousand to three thousand, at Suarda (see Map L), 
with advance posts at Ferket and Akasheh. 

Evidently then the first thing was to defeat the force 
in the neighbourhood of Ferket and Suarda. This 
meant advancing one hundred miles from Sarras fight- 
ing a battle, and maintaining the force on the ground 
won. How was the force to be supplied on the march 
to the battle, and more especially after it ? Behind 
them would be one hundred miles of continuous cataract, 
preventing the supplies being brought by river; to 
bring them by camel over one hundred miles of bad 
road through the burning desert, where not an ounce 
of food could be got, would mean a most stupendous 
number of camels for even a small force. A baggage 
camel will carry 300 lbs. twenty miles a day. He eats 
10 lbs. of food a day. He occupies ten days in going 
one hundred miles and back, in which time he eats 
100 lbs., so he only brings up 200 lbs. for the force. 
He must have rest every now and again, and he will 
die on the least provocation. To take a month's supply 
one hundred miles for ten thousand men, about fifteen 
thousand camels are required, and then when a further 
advance of two hundred miles is made to Dongola and 
Mcrowi, what is to be done then ? 



12 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

The Sirdar hit on exactly the right solution. He 
determined to take everj" advantage possible of the 
river, to carry supplies on it wherever it could be done, 
to supplement it with camel transport where it could 
not be done, and to make a raihcay. This meant 
gradu<al advance. At first, an advance to the furthest 
limit that alternate boat and camel service would supply. 
As the railway advanced, push on the boats and camels. 

Let us examine the river. From Haifa to Ferket, 
a distance of about one hundred miles, the river at low 
Nile is impassable for boats; at high Nile boats can 
sail up parts of it, but must be pulled up most of the 
way. From Ferket to Kassinger, at highest Nile, boats 
can sail the whole way ; at low Nile navigation is inter- 
rupted (see Map I.) at Suarda and between Kaibar and 
Hannek. 

The Sirdar^s plan, therefore, was to advance to Akasheh 
a small force, and entrench it there to cover the railway 
construction. This small force could be supplied by 
camel convoys, which halted every night at an en- 
trenched post, and were convoyed by a guard. When 
the railway had proceeded as fiir as safety permitted, 
e would rapidly bring up his whole force and drive 
the Dervashes out of Ferket and Suarda. As they were 
just as much governed by questions of supply, they 
would then be unable to keep any permanent force 
north of Hannek, and he could safely continue the con- 
struction of his railway to Ferket, while in the mean- 
time camels worked between rail-head and the force. 
When the railway reached Ferket he would bring up 
a big reserve of supplies, wait till high Nile, then put 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 13 

it into boats which could sail right up to Dongola, 
Merowi, Kassinger, thus supplying the force. 

To carry his force across the river, to tow barges on 
<^m days, to scout up the river, to bombard river forts 
preliminary to a landing, to enfilade fortifications, to 
make life on the river-bank unbearable for the enemy, 
to do all these things he would have gunboats drawing 
two feet of water. When the river rose the gunboats 
lying at Haifa were to be pulled up the cataracts to 
Ferket, and three new ones should be taken in sections 
by rail to Ferket and launched. Thus he would have 
<5omplete command of the river, and could supply a big 
force, which, when the time came, he would move 
swiftly to the destruction of the Dervishes. 

It looks a simple plan, but it needed a man who knew 
the country and the enemy to make it, and a mistake 
in the scheme would be heavily paid for. Any one 
who has seen the inhospitable, barren, grilling Batn el 
Haggar, will understand what a mistake in the supply 
of a force would mean. It stopped the Romans, Greeks, 
and Persians. Simple as the plan looks, it was not so 
simple to execute, but luckily Sir Herbert Kitchener 
was as capable to execute as he was to plan. 

In the previous chapter I have shown how the 
Egyptian army had for the past ten years been con- 
stantly sparring with the Dervishes. This living in a 
continual state of minor warfare had been a most 
excellent training for our officers, and there were few 
details connected with moving troops about the barren 
country or the tactics of the Dervishes which were 
not known to Kitchener, Hunter, Bundle, MacDonald. 



14 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

Maxwell, Lewis, and at least a score more who had 
spent the previous twelve years on the frontier. So the 
Sirdar had under him a set of officers fully trained to 
carry out the scheme he had arranged with the least 
friction or waste of time and labour. 

It was, I think, on the 21st March that the Sirdar 
ordered Colonel Hunter to advance from Haifa with the 
force there and occupy Akasheh, which was about sixteen 
miles north of Ferket. Colonel Hunter lost no time 
in carrying out these instructions. He met with no 
opposition, only a few Dervishes being seen. Colonel 
Hunter entrenched a brigade, some guns, and cavalry 
at Akasheh, and established posts at Wady Atira and 
Ambigol, under protection of which the camel convoys 
halted at night, and continued their march by day, 
escorted by troops. A telegraph-line was laid by 
Lieutenant Manifold, R.E., from Haifa to Akasheh, 
arriving at that place almost as soon as the troops. 
There were no spare instruments at Haifa, so it was 
worked with ones that were improvised by Lieutenant 
Manifold out of old electric bells, etc., until proper 
instruments from Cairo arrived. It was considered 
certain that the Dervishes would attack the convoys, 
and if they had they certainly would have done con- 
siderable damage. There was no road for the convoys. 
They had to clamber in long straggling line up and 
down steep rocky hills, and it would have been quite 
possible for the Dervishes to cut up one end or other 
of the convoys before the escort could interfere. The 
escort could not be scattered too much or they would 
be beaten in detail, so that there were some splendid 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 15 

opportunities for the Dervishes, but they never took 
them. No doubt they found it hard to get unobserved 
through our cavalry and camel screen. Daily the 
cavalry used to scout from Akasheh towards Ferket, 
and were in constant touch with the Dervish cavaJrj^ 
scouts. A cavalry oflScer told me he never had such 
a good time as during this outpost duty. He said it 
was like going out hunting every day, one never knew 
what would turn up. One day they would be trying 
to outride and capture a weaker patrol, the next they 
would be dodging and watching a stronger one. 

Major Broad wood, second in command of the cavalry, 
collected a lot of useful information scouting by himself. 
On one occasion he climbed to the top of Ferket hill, 
and looked down into Ferket, about one mile off, where 
the whole Dervish force was holding a prayer parade 
in full dress. Having studied them and made a good 
guess at their numbers. Major Broadwood retired, and 
the next Friday rode up the west bank of the river, 
and from a hill on that side again watched the Dervish 
church parade, and found they had been slightly re- 
inforced since the previous week. The Alighat Arabs 
were also utilized to prevent the Dervishes skirting 
right round Akasheh and cutting in behind. Ambigol 
Wells in the desert, about six miles from the river, and 
Moghrat Wells, also about six miles from the river, were 
the only points where water could be got in the desert. 
These were fortified and held by detachments. The 
Alighat Arabs then rode daily along the line Akasheh- 
Ambigol Wells, Moghrat Wells. They were placed 
under the supervision of Major Roddy Owen, to whom 



i6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

they soon became devoted. In order to ensure that 
they did their daily ride, he made them bring written 
messages from one post to another, stating the time 
and place they last left. Roddy Owen was determined 
if possible to have a fight on his birthday. He said 
lie had had a fight on two previous birthdays, and he 
meant to again if it could be done. When the day 
(iame round the cavalry were out scouting as usual, 
and a battalion of infantry was in support, so Roddy 
Owen went ahead with his friendly Arabs, and showing 
himself at Ferket, tried to draw the Dervishes on to 
the cavalry and infantry behind. In this he was 
unsuccessful, so he did not fight that birthday. 

Under cover of the dispositions just described, the 
railway began to be made. As already stated, a railway 
existed from Haifa to Sarras (thirty-three miles). It 
had been constructed by order of Ismail in the time 
of Gordon, and had been carried on a further distance 
of fifty-five miles to Akasheh in the Nile Expedition of 
1884. This last fifty-five miles had been torn up by 
the Dervishes when we retreated. The sleepers had 
been burnt, the fish-plates, bolts, etc., made into spears; 
the rails, being too heav}^ to carry away, were tossed 
down the embankment, a few of them badly bent and 
twisted, but the majority unharmed. The formation 
level remained practically complete, except in a few 
places where floods and sandstorms had made small 
breaches. 

Two engines and a few trucks only were running 
between Haifa and Sarras. The remaining engines 
w^hich had been used in the 1884 expedition were either 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 17 

on the scrap-heap as worn out, or had been lying idle, 
some of their parts being taken to repair the two 
engines that were running. There were small work- 
shops at Haifa, with native workmen under one or two 
European superintendents. 

It was necessary, therefore, to utilize the railway 
material on the spot at once, and to supplement it as 
<juickly as possible with the many things that it wanted. 
Measures were taken to procure engines, trucks, sleepers, 
rails, machinery for shops, fitters and workmen, fore- 
men, platelayers, and all the various accessories of a 
railway. The gauge of the existing thirty-three miles 
was three feet six inches, so this determined the gauge 
of the railway — in many ways a convenient one, but 
inconvenient for a military railway, because, since the 
railway at the Cape is the only other one in the world, 
I believe, of the same gauge, there is no ready-made 
supply of locomotives and rolling stock. Everything 
had to be made to order, shipped to Alexandria, and 
then taken a thousand miles up river, the greater part 
of the way by sailing-boats, with three transhipments 
between Alexandria and Haifa. Naturally this took 
time. In fact, the new engines only came into use 
during the last month of the expedition, in September, 
and then they were very disappointing. The new 
trucks arrived quicker, but in the meantime all the old 
engines and rolling stock long since condemned were 
patched up and made to struggle on to the imminent 
danger of all concerned. A railway battalion was 
formed by enlisting under the conscription act several 
hundred of the fellaheen, who had no more idea how to 



i8 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

lay a railway than to fly. To superintend them several 
so-called native platelayers were sent up from Lower 
Egypt. Naturally they proved, with few exceptions, to 
be all the useless scoundrels discharged from the Lower 
Egypt railways ; the same w^th the engine-drivers, they 
were nearly all native stokers, with the most limited 
knowledge of how to drive or look after an engine, 
and with the most reckless disregard of consequences. 
When one puts an ignorant but reckless native engine- 
driver on a patched-up, condemned locomotive with no 
brakes, to drive a train of worn-out trucks along a 
track laid by men who have never seen a rail and 
don't understand a straight line, or the necessity for 
exactitude ; and when this track climbs up and down 
and in and out among switchback gradients and sharp 
corners, then you get all the elements required to 
produce the most exciting and exhilarating railway 
travelling. 

To lick this mob into shape, to teach them to lay 
a proper track and to lay it fast, to make good the 
accidents caused by the sporting native engine-drivers, 
to put order and organization into the railway, the 
Sirdar got five Royal Engineer subalterns, and the one 
he put in charge of the whole happened to be, with the 
Sirdar's usual luck, the very man for the post. Lieu- 
tenant Girouard, R.E., knew exactly what was wanted, 
and had the head, the energy, and the pluck to do it. 
He was here, there, and everywhere, instructing, swear- 
ing, shoving things along, gradually getting organization 
and system to take the place of chaos, and under his 
able guidance every one became slowiy, but noticeably. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 19 

more proficient at the work ; but it was real hard work 
for him and the oflScers and men under him. As bad 
luck would have it, the summer of 1896 was the hottest 
known for years, and the Batn el Haggar desert, 
through which the operations were being conducted, 
is quite the hottest part of the Sudan. The ther- 
mometer over and over again rose to IIG"* in the shade, 
often to 120'', and once or twice to 127'' and 129°. In 
this weather the expeditionary force had to march or 
sit grilling in tents, or sometimes without shelter ; to 
pull boats day after day up the cataract ; and to work 
from sunrise to sunset, and often through the night, 
making a railway. 

While the railway is hammering steadily forward, we 
wiU turn to the organization of the transport. As soon 
as the campaign began, veterinary oflScers were sent to 
the camel districts to buy camels. The natives soon 
heard that camels were wanted ; it was a bad time of 
year to buy, because camels were in great requisition to 
carry the crops to the railways, but still sufficient were 
produced, and all day long veterinary officers were 
examining and passing camels. They were then marched 
up to Wady Haifa. The ^personnel of the transport 
corps was, like the railway battalion, raised by using 
the conscription act to enlist the required number of 
fellaheen. Now, strange as it may seem, it is never- 
theless a fact, that though the Egyptian often depends 
entirely upon camels to carry his farm produce to 
market, and although he uses and works with camels 
from his babyhood, yet he is absolutely ignorant of how 
to look after and work a camel so as to get the most 



20 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

work out of him. I have seen an Egyptian transport 
man detected by the transport officer carrying all his 
stable paraphernalia and worldly treasures iiiside the 
panel of the camel saddle, having removed some of the 
stuffing to make room for a bottle, a knife, a bit of 
biscuit, and goodness knows what else, and then he 
positively could not understand for a long time why it 
is calculated to give a camel a sore back. 

He also is under the impression that a camel will carry 
any amount, and when he has loaded him until even he 
thinks the weight is enough, then he does not think he 
is adding to its weight by putting his fat self on the t»op 
of all, thus saving the trouble of walking. 

Another objection to the raw, untutored Egyptian 
peasant as a transport soldier is, that he positively does 
not know what you are talking about when you tell 
him he must do as he is told, and that punctuality 
is necessary. He is quite ready to do as he is told 
and to be punctual if only you will explain what 
these things mean. It is something he has not heard 
of before. 

To illustrate his absolute ignorance of discipline I will 
relate the following true story. When the new camels 
arrived at Haifa, the Sirdar said he would inspect them. 
He stood under a tree, and the camels were told to file 
past him. Just as the leading man got opposite the 
Sirdar with his camel he stopped, thereby blocking the 
whole string of camels behind, and proceeded leisurely 
to light a cigarette, or rather I should say he attempted 
to do so, but was made to move on by the transport 
officer in a forcible manner which quite astonished him, 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 21 

and I don't suppose to this day he can understand why 
he wasn't allowed to light that cigarette. 

I have, I fear, enumerated first all the bad points of 
the raw Egyptian as a transport man, not because he 
has no good ones, but in order to show the difficulties 
the transport officers had to contend with. 

In fairness to the Egyptian I must add that, when 
trained he makes the most excellent transport man. He 
is capable of being taught and disciplined, and when this 
is done he follows out his instructions most carefully, 
and takes the keenest interest in his camel's welfare ; also 
it is unnecessary to teach him to load quickly and to 
make the load balance. This he knows better than 
any one, but he has to be shown how to put the load in 
the most convenient place for the camel. Last, but not 
least, he has wonderful powers of endurance. Hour 
after hour he can tramp steadily on, often eating only 
biscuit ; two or three hours' sleep and on he goes again 
through the hottest day, but you must give him water. 
Food he can do without, but he wants plenty of water, 
more than an Englishman. 

The Sirdar's knowledge of the men of the country 
enabled him to select exactly the right ones to hustle 
and train the mob into a first-class transport corps, 
although there was no time for quiet instruction. The 
transport had to come into existence at once, and work 
at breaking strain, so the officers had to be up and 
about during the short rests, and on the march teaching 
and bustling the raw recruits into their work. 

Two of the English officers were lent from the police 
force, so they knew the language and the characteristics 



22 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

of the men they had to deal with thoroughly. A third 
oflScer had won his commission from the ranks fighting 
on the frontier, and had years of experience. Major 
Kitchener, brother of the Sirdar, was put in charge of 
the whole to organize and direct. Nothing is more 
tiring than marching with a convoy of camels whose 
pace is only two and a half miles an hour. An hour 
before sunrise they would be off, between twelve and 
three a halt would be made, when camels and saddles 
had to be inspected, and when that was done the only 
shade to be got was by stretching a blanket from one 
rock to another ; oflF again at three and right on till ten, 
eleven, or twelve, report aiTival, find what loads are to be 
taken on the morrow, arrange them for loading, see the 
men feed the camels, — of course they aren't doing so, — 
two or three hours for sleep, and off again. 

By this means the pile of supplies at Akasheh was 
daily getting higher. When the railway reached 
Moglirat Wells, a few trains of supplies were run 
there ; while the camels were taking that away the 
railway pushed on. 

In the meantime things were not quite quiet at 
Suakim. In the middle of April Osman Digna turned 
up in his old haunts between Tokar and Suakim. The 
friendly tribes tried to resist him, and called on the 
Government for support. Colonel Lloyd reported that 
there seemed a chance of catching Osman Digna, so was 
given permission to try. The scheme was that the 10th 
BattaUon at Tokar was to unite with the Suakim force, 
and then they would surround and defeat Osman Digna. 

The Suakim force was preceded by some reconnoitring 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 23 

cavalry under Captain Fenwick, who had orders not to 
engage the Dervishes, but if possible to get through to 
Major Sydney, commanding the 10th Battalion (Sudan- 
ese), and so keep up communication till the junction was 
effected. 

Acting under these orders, Captain Fenwick was 
proceeding through the thick bush, when his patrols 
came back to say they had stumbled right into the 
Dervishes. A retirement at the trot was ordered ; 
hardly had the word been given than the Dervishes 
appeared and began to gain. Captain Fenwick tried to 
call a halt to face about, but so thick was the bush 
that his men were scattered, and few heard the order. 
Captain Fenwick pulled up, j umped off, took a carbine 
from a fallen trooper, shouted to another who galloped 
past him to pass the word to rally round him, and then, 
standing alone, proceeded to fire at the on-coming 
Dervishes. The trooper who had been told to pass the 
word to halt and rally managed to do so, and gradually 
they grouped round Captain Fenwick, coming in by 
ones and twos from the bush. Captain Fenwick dis- 
mounted them all, and firing volleys they fought their 
way to a small eminence in open ground ; on this 
they lay down. The Dervishes, shouting and yelling 
to each other to assemble, every moment increased in 
numbers. Captain Fenwick knew he must husband his 
ammunition, so only allowed one or two picked shots to 
fire, while he himself took a carbine, and whenever a 
Dervish showed himself he fired. When a number of 
them tried to charge a steady volley rang out. Captain 
Fenwick did not expect to escape, it only required one 



24 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

rush of the Dervishes and they would be annihilated ; 
but fortunately the Dervishes were not Osman Digna\s 
picked fighting men, they were only his scall}^'ags, 
and the determined front checked them. A few would 
come on and be bowled over, but no organized rush 
was made. 

Towards dawn some steady volleys rang out not far 
off. Another body of Dervishes had found the 10th 
Battalion zeribahed for the night and had attacked them, 
but the Dervishes round Captain Fenwick, thinking the 
10th Battalion were advancing to his relief, drew oflF, 
and early in the morning another force hastily sent on 
by Colonel Lloyd relieved Captain Fenwick, who had 
fired one hundred and fifty rounds himself, and very few 
of them wasted. The force followed up the Dervishes, 
but they w^ould not await an attack, and left the district 
altogether. 

In May the Sirdar, finding the time was approaching 
when he could advance, ordered the Eg}'ptian troops at 
Suakim to come to Haifa, their place at Suakim and 
Tokar being taken by Indian troops. 

The Suakim garrison proceeded by steamer to Kosseir, 
and from there marched across the desert to Keneh, and 
then up the Nile. A desert march of one hundred and 
eighty miles in May, with the thermometer at 115° in the 
shade, is not a pleasant experience, but the troops did 
first-rate marching. The 1st BattaUon, which was the 
last to cross, had a very bad march, as they found one 
set of wells quite dry. They were therefore forced to 
march straight on without water, and do a double march 
to the next wells. Many of them only just reached 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 25 

the end, and several would not have reached if they 
had not been driven on by force. 

In the meantime the Dervishes had begun to think 
that the continued presence of a force at Akasheh and 
the advance of the railway meant business, and urgent 
commands were coming from Dongola and Omdurman 
to drive the unbelievers out of Akasheh and tear up 
their railway. 

The Dervish commander at Ferket knew this was no 
easy matter, so he asked for reinforcements, but in the 
meantime, in order to show his zeal, he determined to 
make a demonstration, which he could describe in his 
despatches as a brilliant victory. 

Accordingly, on the 21st May the whole Dervish 
force in Ferket, about two thousand infantry and three 
hundred cavalry, marched out towards Akasheh. At 
the same time Colonel Bum-Murdoch was conducting a 
larger cavalry reconnaissance than usual, in fact he had 
about six hundred Egyptian cavalry with him. About 
nine miles from Akasheh the Dervish advancing force was 
sighted. Colonel Burn-Murdoch, finding that the ground 
was bad for charging the Dervish cavalry, ordered a 
retirement to more suitable ground in the rear. The 
retirement was begun at the trot, and immediately a 
cloud of sand was raised obscuring everything. The 
Dervish cavalry were closer than had been thought, and 
galloping hard they managed to get into the tail of the 
retiring Egyptian squadrons. So thick was the cloud of 
dust that those in front knew nothing of the Dervishes 
being amongst the rear squadrons for some time ; when 
it became known, word was passed to halt and turn 



26 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

about. This was not so easy to do. The trot had 
become a canter, and the dust prevented the order being 
passed quickly. Nevertheless they soon managed to 
pull up, and turning about, put the Dervish cavalry to 
flight. Our casualties were, I believe, nine killed and 
wounded only. 

Colonel Burn-Murdoch, seeing that the whole of the 
Dervish infantry was advancing, then dismounted his 
men and fired volleys. The Dervishes exchanged shots 
and then marched back to Ferket, and sent a report of 
a brilliant victory over the infidels to Omdurman. 

They next turned their attention to the railway, 
which had now reached Ambigol Wells, sixty-four miles 
from Haifa. A raid had been long expected, and 
rail-head was guarded by a battalion which furnished 
outposts day and night to protect the railway battalion, 
who were all innocent of drill or musketry training. 
About 9 p.m. on the 1st of June the alarm was 
sounded, and firing was heard from a hill about a mile 
ofi" the railway camp. The troops stood to arms, but 
the Dervishes did not mean business, and hadn't the 
slightest intention of charging. Having fired off* their 
rifles at an impossible range, they mounted their camels 
and were off*. The camel corps from Akasheh got the 
news by wire and went in pursuit, but the Derv^ishes 
liad too much of a start, and got back to Ferket, where 
no doubt they reported that they had entirely destroyed 
the railway. 



CHAPTER III 

The Sirdar now thought that the railway had advanced 
as far as was safe. For the last fortnight it had been 
advancing rapidly. The railway battalion could now lay 
a mile in a day, but though the pace of their work had 
improved, its quality was not yet what it afterwards 
became. Two engines had fallen to the bottom of a 
fifteen-foot bank, another train was so badly wrecked 
that it blocked the line for two days, thus cutting ofi" 
the rail-head supply of water, so that all those who did 
not go back to the break-down had to march to the 
river. An engine or tioiek simply off the line was a 
daily occurrence of no importance whatever so long 
as it had not turned over. Often after working all day 
an officer and break-down gang would have to go back 
at night to put a train on the line, and till that train 
came in the camp was without water. 

Still, in spite of these little contretemps no damage 
was done ; the two engines had been raised from the 
bottom of the fifteen-foot bank and were running again. 
One or two drivers were driving with one arm in a 
ding, and Haifa Hospital had a few more patients than 

usual 

27 



28 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

Everything was now ready for an advance on Ferket. 
The concentration was carried out with the utmost de- 
spatch. Although the fight was fought on the 7th June, 
it was not until the evening of the 4 th that the Egyj)- 
tian troops, located at distances of from sixteen to one 
hundred miles from Ferket, began to move for a con- 
centration, which was nevertheless complete at Akasheh 
on the afternoon of the 6th. 

The North StaflFordshire Regiment had been brought 
from Cairo to garrison Haifa. The Eg}^tian army had 
yet to win the confidence of the public, and it was 
thought by those in authority in Cairo that in case the 
Eg}^tian army was defeated there should be a garrison 
of British troops at Haifa for them to fall back on. It 
was hard lines on the English battalion to have to wait 
at Haifa while the Egyptian army went to Ferket, but 
such is the fortune of war. 

On the 4th June the troops garrisoning the rear-most 
posts on the river began to move forward, and each 
post as they passed joined them. The main part of 
the troops were at Haifa, and all the afternoon of the 
4th, and through the following night, the railway was 
pouring them into Ambigol Wells. Providence looked 
after them on the railway. There were no brake-blocks 
to the engines ; the ones ordered had not had time to 
arrive, the ones improvised had worn out, so they ran 
away down every hill, and generally failed to get up 
the opposite one till the third attempt ; but get up they 
did, and put all the troops into Ambigol Wells before 
1 a.m. on the 5th. As yet practically none of the 
new stores and rolling stock had had time to arrive. 



MAP 31 

lirtch m 32 Mij99. 

I I 1 



Iftle^io 



limliufl 



I 



io 



4,€jml Jl^U» 



OONftO 




WAOY 

HAL FA 



30 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

80 that it was simply with the old patched-up material 
that the railway successfully played its part in the 
concentration. 

On the 5th the troops that had arrived at Ambigol 
Wells marched to the river, and then up to Okmeh, a 
place about two miles north of Akasheh. The object 
of this was that Akasheh should appear to have exactly 
the same garrison as usual. Daily the Dervish scouts 
reconnoitred the place, but they could not see the troops 
just arrived at Okmeh without going round Akasheh, 
which they never did. On the afternoon of the 6th 
the whole force was concentrated at Akasheh : three 
brigades of infantry, three field and one horse battery, 
six squadrons cavalry, and the camel corps, about t^n 
thousand altogether. The Intelligence Department had 
collected a great deal of information about the Dervish 
force at Ferket, and estimated them to be about three 
thousand strong. 

The Sirdar decided to take the main part of his force 
along the river, and to send the cavahy, camel corps, 
horse battery, and one infantry battalion on transport 
camels by the desert route, so as to come down on 
Ferket simultaneously from the desert side and so hem 
them in. 

It required very nice calculation to find out the 
exact time at which the two columns should start in 
order to arrive simultaneously. Major Broadwood, 
from constant scouting, knew both routes perfectly, 
and I believe I am right in saying that he was re- 
sponsible for the times of starting, which turned out 
to be exactly right. 










i 



32 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

I think it was about 5 p.m. in the afternoon of the 
6th that the force began to move out of Akasheh, and 
continued marching steadily till about 11.30 p.m. The 
ground along the river-bank was execrable, a succession 
of steep rocky hills and valleys running down to the 
river. It was a moonlight night, but even so it was 
difficult going for men and animals from boulder to 
boulder. Strict silence was kept, and of course there 
were no lights. At 11.30 p.m. the force halted and 
lay down for a short sleep, which seemed to have hardly 
begun before it was interrupted at 1.30 a.m. by the 
order to advance again. As the first shimmer of dawn 
began to appear one began to wonder how far oflF we 
were, and whether it had been timed right. Soon Fer- 
ket hill rose up close at hand, and just as it began to 
get a little lighter the slope of the spur from Ferket 
hill was reached. The force formed up, Lewis's Brigade 
next the river, MacDonald on its left, Maxwell's in 
support. No sign of the Dervishes had yet been seen, 
but a small block-house became visible on the slope of 
Ferket hill. Having formed up, the force moved for- 
ward again. Bang! and five Dervishes, one with a 
smoking rifle, could be seen running up the hill to get 
into the block-house. This could not be allowed. Five 
sharp-shooters in that block-house would give a lot of 
annoyance. Half a company was told oflf to fire but 
missed. Then a maxim was turned on, and laid them 
low in succession just before they reached the block- 
house. 

Just as the river force topped the slope of the spur 
from Ferket hill, bang went a gun away on the left in 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 33 

the desert. The desert column had arrived absolutely 
simultaneously. Half-a-mile in front of the river 
column was Ferket village ; the Dervishes, completely 
surprised, nevertheless streamed out and ran to their 
posts. MacDonald's Brigade went off to the left to 
gain touch with the desert column and complete the 
hemming-in circle, Maxwell's Brigade came up in line 
with Lewis's to fill the gap left by MacDonald's. The 
whole line opened fire. Just to the north of Ferket 
village was a low line of rocks. The Dervishes kept 
up a brisk fire from these, and clung to them till they 
were shot and bayoneted by the advancing troops. 
About forty horsemen suddenly dashed out of the 
houses and tried to charge, they were mowed down in 
t^n yards. The Dervishes on the east side, finding 
themselves taken in front by the desert column and in 
fiank by MacDonald and Maxwell, tried to fly back to 
the houses. To do so they had to cross an open bit 
of ground. Few survived the independent fire that 
was opened as they tried to get over the bare space. 
Down into the houses went the troops, and it was 
finished. 

The cavalry now went off in pursuit of the few that 
had got away, and continued the pursuit for two days, 
till they arrived opposite Suarda, men and horses pretty 
tired. The 12th Battalion followed up on transport 
camels in support, as it was expected that Suarda, 
the Dervish frontier headquarters, would have a 
garrison in it, but there was none ; they had all been 
at Ferket, so the cavalry marched in, and the first 
phase of the operations was complete. The whole of 



34 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

the Dervish advance force was killed or taken prisoner, 
and there were none between Hannek and Suarda. The 
surprise had been complete. So quickly and unexpectedly- 
had the concentration at Akasheh been carried out, that 
the Dervishes had received no intelligence ; so accurately 
were the two columns timed that hardly a Der%dsh 
escaped. 

Our casualties were about twenty-five killed and 
seventy-five wounded. Only one British officer. Captain 
Legge, was wounded. All through the campaign the 
British officers of the Egyptian army had extraordinary 
luck in action, which is all the more remarkable con- 
sidering that they are all mounted. 

Among the Dervish slain were many emirs, including 
Hammuda, their commander. Colonel Slatin Pasha was 
invaluable for identifying the emirs. It was hoped that 
Osman Azrak would be found among the killed. This 
emir had become almost as notorious as Osman Digna. 
He had resided for some time previously under our 
protection at Wady Haifa, but one day went over to 
the Dervishes, and planned and led several raids. But, 
like Osman Digna, he took very good care of his skin, 
and fled as soon as the fight began. He took a small 
box of treasure and swam across the river with it on 
his head. Several very fine camels were captured, and 
a great number of donkeys. 

Several people thought we should immediately con- 
tinue to advance to Dongola, but the Sirdar knew better. 
He knew that he had sprung as far as it was possible to 
spring, and that the next spring, when the time came to 
make it, must not be to Dongola only, but right past 



"1*1 

a** 
i 










>l 



36 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

it to Merowi and Kassinger, some three hundred and 
fifty miles from Ferket. At present the river was low, 
and no boats could go beyond Suarda. How, then, 
could he supply the force if he advanced at once ? How 
would he cross the river without boats ? His gunboats 
would have to be left behind, and if he reached the 
place he could not possibly keep a big force there. The 
province itself would provide practically nothing. 

No ; his plan, as I said before, was to bring the 
railway to Ferket, run up supplies, and make a base 
there. In another two months the river would be 
rising, and all his gunboats and barges could be pulled 
up the cataracts from Haifa, where they were now lying. 

It was thought that the Dervishes in Dongola might 
make an advance to dispute the ground we had won, 
but they did not move. No doubt they were hindered 
from advancing by the same obstacle which hindered us. 
From Suarda to Hannek the river was impassable for 
boats, the banks were barren and devoid of supplies, 
so the neutral strip of cataract and desert lay between 
the forces, making them for the time safe from each other. 

Accordingly the railway again began to forge ahead. 
All the battalions in turn were set to work making the 
embankment that would bring it into Ferket. The 7th 
Egyptian Battalion, commanded by Fathi Bey, on the 
very afternoon of the Ferket fight started back to rail- 
head, not that they were now necessary as escort, but to 
increase the number of workers. This battalion did most 
wonderful matching. On the afternoon of the 5th it 
left rail-head, and arrived at Akasheh (nineteen miles) 
on the morning of the 6th, left Akasha the same 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 39 

afteriioou, marclied to Forket {sixteuii mil«a),iiiiil fought 
tliere the morning of the 7th, stnrtKil bttck tlie pame 
afternoon, ami rpjiohed rail-head again on the morning 
of the 9t!i, that is to say, scventj' miles and a fight in 
tlio trourse of three ilavs and a half, during whieh the 




tliemionieter was playing ahout Iietwecn 110' and 120' 
in the shade. 

The main part of the foiec was encamped at Ferket, 
while Suarda was held by one brigade. Tho eavalry, 
for reasons of supply, were sent baek to Sarras, and now 
began one of those weary spells of waiting and working, 
of which 80 many had to be gone through during the 
next two years, and indeed these times of waiting and 



40 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

hard toiling on the Hne of communications are far the 
most trying part of a campaign. Truly is it said, *' The 
day of battle is the soldier s holiday/* As stated before, 
it was the hottest summer known for years. It is 
difficult to say whose lot was preferable, that of the 
man who was not employed on the line of communi- 
cations, and so had little to do but watch the ther- 
mometer as he stewed in a grass hut at Ferket, or on 
the other hand the lot of the man who was employed on 
the line of communications forwarding stores, or working 
in the sun on indifferent food from sunrise to sunset, 
pulling boats through cataracts, marching witli camel 
convoys, or making a railway. 

It will be interesting to examine the line of com- 
munications at the time that we had advanced to Ferket. 
From the base at Cairo stores were forwarded for three 
hundred and ninety miles by rail to Naghamadi. There 
an English officer was in charge of a gang of men who 
took them over the railway, and put them into boats 
which sailed one hundred and forty-five miles to Assouan. 
There another English officer was in charge, who had the 
stores loaded on to a train wliich took them four miles 
round the cataract to Shellal, where they were again 
put into boats. This work was entirely done by convicts. 
At Shellal some of the boats were lashed alongside stern- 
wheel steamers, themselves loaded and towed two hundred 
and forty miles to Haifa, wliile the remaining boats sailed. 
From Haifa the railway carried them sixty-eight miles 
to Ambigol Wells, where they were loaded on camels 
and carried about thirty-five miles to Ferket. The 
Suarda Brigade was supplied by boat from Ferket. In 



MAPHE 

I I I 1 I • ' ' ^ 




-J 

too 



^«A«/*w» r<rMT««f^> Sm^LJitii 









*»AA£*9^ *y t^lu^f 



tw^mt. /ii\<Mf 



42 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

spite of the length of the line of eommiiuications, and 
the frequent transhipments, the supplies reached the 
front with wonderful regularity. For fresli meat a 
contract was made wdth a Greek who practically never 
failed. The animals w^ere driven up the whole w%ay, so 
they were pretty muscular when they arrived, but there 
was no doubt about the meat being fresli, as one saw^ 
one's lunch walkinoj about at six in the morning. Small 
detachments on the line of communications did not fare 
so well as those w^ho were at the front, wliere tlierc w^ere 
a large number of troops and a supply depot, but never- 
theless every one got a good ration. 

All through the campaign, in spite of the length of 
the line of communications, the desolation of the country, 
w^hich now produ(*ed practically nothing, and tlie number 
of posts that had to be fed, the supply otHcers, Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel Rogers, Captains Drage and T31unt, and 
Lieutenant Howard, succeeded in producing a sufficiency 
of good supplies, w^hile Lieutenant Gorringe, R.E., per- 
formed the duties of D.A.A.G.(B) in such a manner 
that no troops were ever without a ration of some sort, 
and except on a very few- occasions every one got a full 
ration. 

And so the time went on while we w\iited for two 
things : (1) the completion of the railway to Ferket, and 
(2) the rising of the river which would enable the boats 
to be brought up the cataract and sail on. After the 
force had been encamped for about a fortnight at Ferket 
it was found that the dead had not been buried suffici- 
ently to prevent the place becoming unsavoury, so it 
was decided to move on eight miles to Kosheh, which 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 43 

now became the advance base from which the force 
wouki eventually start for Dongola. 

I think it was in the beginning of July, when we were 
already longing for an advance, that we heard there was 
cholera in Lower Egypt. At first little attention was 
paid to the matter. Cholera had often visited Egypt, 
but had never travelled further south than Assouan. 
Soon, however, news came that it had reached Assouan 
and passed it, and next we heard that it was at Haifa. 
Mr. Vallum, who had long superintended Haifa work- 
shops, succumbed to it, another Englishman sent up 
by the firm who made the gunboats also died, and 
the natives were decimated by it. Next it reached 
Akasheh and finally Kosheli. The force w^as at once 
spread out in the desert half-a-mile from the river, and 
everything was done to prevent intercourse, but of 
course the camel convoys and the railway brought it in. 
Rail-head, {dthough in the desert, where one is usually 
free from infectious diseases, was nevertheless attacked, 
and to every one's grief Captain Fenwick fell a victim 
to it. He must have escaped death at the hands of the 
Dervishes at least a dozen times, and it seemed hard 
that he should die thus. Another popular officer, 
Surgeon Captain Trask, died of it the same day. Curi- 
ously enough, he spent a night at rail-head with Fenwick 
and the RE. officer. The next morning he rode on to 
Kosheh, and died there at 2.30 in the afternoon, exactly 
at the same time that Captain Fenwick expired. The 
next day Lieutenant Polwhele, RE., died at Haifa, to 
which place he had been sent a few days earlier from 
rail-head with enteric fever. This was the officer who 



44 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

had had charge of rail-head camp, and so mercilessly 
had he worked himself in order to teach them how to 
lay the track and to push the milway forward, that he 
had run down in health and could not resist the fever. 
As there was only one officer left at rail-head, Lieutenant 
Girouard, R.E., went up from Haifa, but got sun-stroke 
at rail-head camp which laid him up for a fortnight, so 
that it looked as if fortune was trying to stop the rail- 
way ; but nevertheless it continued to advance a mile a 
day, although thej'- had to move camp every day as well 
to try and shake oflF the cholera. It was about this 
time that that officer of world-wide popularity, Roddy 
Owen, was also carried oflF by cholera at Ambigol Wells. 
What a place for this popular soldier sportsman to end 
his days in ! But after all it was on active service, and 
so a fitting end to a romantic career. A marble tomb- 
stone marks his grave in the desert on which is written, 
" Under the Shadow of the Sword is Paradise." 

Lieutenant Faimer also succumbed to enteric fever, 
so that people began to wonder how much more damage 
the cholera and enteric were going to do. A good 
number of the soldiers were down with it, and the North 
Staffordshire Regiment were suffering pretty severely, 
although they had immediately left Haifa and camped 
at Gemai. It really seemed quite mthin the bounds 
of possibility that twenty-five per cent, of the force 
might be destroyed. 

One gets to know men thoroughly well on active 
service, and it was depressing to see real friends carried 
off by disease, so that, what with the heat and either 
overwork or else lack of work, life at this time was not 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 45 

very rosy, and every one was longing for an advance 
which could not come yet. 

The Sirdar was, I believe, rather anxious as to what 
the cholera would do, but he was nevertheless determined 
not to be hurried into a premature advance. 

After a time the cholera reached its maximum, and 
then the number of cases declined daily. It hung about 
for some time, but no further anxiety was felt as to its 
doing any considerable damage. 

On the 4th August the railway reached Koshelr, one 
hundred and eight miles from Haifa, and every one 
immediately began to ask, ** When are we going to 
advance ? " But a great deal still had to be done. The 
river began to rise, and the time came to begin hauling 
gunboats, barges, and sailing-boats up the cataract. 

This work was placed under the direction of Colonel 
Hunter. He had done the same work in the '84 Ex- 
pedition, he knew better than any one how to direct 
Egyptians, and it was a work that required a man 
absolutely without nerves. For instance, at the " Great 
Gate " in the cataract there is a narrow channel about 
thirty feet wide between rocks which turns and twists, 
and through it the water rushes like a mill-race. A 
steamer would come up to it with all steam on, and 
three ropes were fastened on to bow and sides, on which 
several hundred men on the banks were pulling. Higher 
and higher the water mounted at the bows till it 
threatened to swcimp the steamer ; of course it was im- 
perative to keep her bows on to the stream. When she 
turned a corner a different arrangement had to be made, 
and made at once. A strong pull on the wrong rope and 



46 SUDAN CAMPAIGN^ 1896— 1899 

over she would go. An officer was always standing bj' with 
an axe ready to cut any rope on which a pull was being 
wTongly made, and often a rope was cut in the nick of 
time. Officers and men wore little else but helmet and 
boots, so that they could wade and sw4m through bye 
channels to get to advantageous points from which to 
pull. Now and then a man would lose his footing or 
try to swim a dangerous place. Like a flash he would 
be gone and sucked under in the eddies. 

The banks were steep and rocky. Not a particle of 
shade to be found during the halts, and the heat refracted 
oflF the rocky hills till it seemed like an oven. And so 
it went on till through a huudred miles of cataract four 
gunboats, two unarmed steamers, and a quantity of 
barges and sailing-boats w^ere safely brought to Kosheh. 
While this w^as going on a new gunboat had been 
brought in sections by rail from Haifa, and w^as being 
put together at Kosheh. It was quite the fashion to go 
down and watch the progress of the w^ork on it. It was 
attended by ill-luck from the beginning. Two English- 
men were sent up by the firm who made it to superintend 
its construction. One died of cholera, the other w^as 
killed by a heavy w^eight falling on him, so the Royal 
Engineers took it over, but it w^as like putting a Chinese 
puzzle together without knownng the key. Owing to 
the death of the Englishman who had been supervising 
the transport of the various parts, several stores and 
pieces of the gunboat had got mixed with railway stores, 
so frantic wires flew^ between Kosheh and Haifa for such 
and such a nut, or rod, or plate of steel. On one occa- 
sion Haifa declared they had sent oflF a particular nut. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 47 

while Kosheh declared they had not received it. The 
inference was that it had fallen oflF in transit on the 
railway, so cavalry were sent patrolling along the rail- 
way to find the nut. It seemed like looking for a needle 
in a bundle of hay, but strange to say it was found. In 
spite of difficulties, however, and a storm which nearly 
destroyed it by blowing the shear legs on to it, the boat 
began to approach completion, and now at last it seemed 
as if the time for advance was near. In a few days the 
river would be high enough for gunboats and nuggars 
to steam and sail on, the railway would have filled 
Kosheh with the required amount of supplies. As bad 
luck would have it, as the time approached for the 
advance the weather became hotter and hotter, and 
when the day arrived for the commencement it was 
positively stifling. A storm was brewing, and the air 
was heavy and fearfully sultry; but the Sirdar would 
wait for nothing once he was ready. He had decided 
that the Suarda Brigade should mai-ch along the river to 
Absarrat, and at the same time the First Brigade from 
Kosheh should cut across thirty-eight miles of desert 
from Kosheh to Absarrat and join the Second Brigade 
there. The Third and Fourth Brigades and other troops 
would follow as soon as everything was finally ready. 
Two water dep6ts were made in the desert by sending out 
water-tanks on camels and leaving them there. The 
First Brigade started oflFfrom Kosheh about 4.30 in the 
afternoon in stiffing heat. Colonel Hunter in command 
decided that the best plan was to march as fast as 
possible and get across quickly. About 9 p.m. a 
tremendous storm of sand and rain swept over the 



48 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

countiy. Nearly every tent and hut in Koshch was 
flattened and drenched, and the brigade in the desert 
had a terrible time. The storm had no effect in cooling 
the atmosphere as more was still brewing, and next day 
was terribly hot marching for the troops crossing the 
desert. The men drank the liberal water allowance 
most improvidently, and soon began to suffer from 
thirst. Baggage was taken off the camels and the men 
put on them. The whole colimin tailed out for miles, 
and every man struggled on the best pace he could, or 
lay down to be picked up by the camels or die. Some- 
how or other nearly the whole lot managed to get to 
Absarrat. Some made their way back to Kosheh, and 
a very few expired. 

The Second Brigade marching along the river from 
Suarda had a similar experience. The country they had 
to cross was very rough, but they had the river, and so 
they managed to hold out and arrive in good order. 

The idea was, that under cover of these two brigades 
supplies could be pushed on to Absarrat, and in a few 
days' time the river would be high enough for an 
advance of the whole force, but ** man proposes, God 
disposes." 



CHAPTER IV 

On the evening of the 28th August, just as prepara- 
tions for advance seemed to be approaching completion, 
the Sirdar got a telegram to say that twelve miles of 
railway were washed away by floods between Sarras and 
Moglirat, also damage done near Ambigol Wells, and that 
it would take five thousand men three weeks to repair. 
Three weeks ! If the force waited that time the river 
would have risen and started going down again, and they 
might be too late to get the steamers and boats up the 
cataracts beyond. The Sirdar said it must be done in 
ten days. He rose to the occasion at once. Everybody 
was bitterly disappointed, but the Sirdar set the example 
in buckling to to put matters right. He decided to go 
himself to superintend the work of repair. The floods 
had done a certain amount of damage between Akasheh 
and Kosheh, but all day long troops had been repairing 
it, and about midnight a train reached Kosheh. The 
engine-driver had been twenty-four hours on duty, but 
the train and two others standing in the station were 
immediately loaded with troops and tools, water fantasses, 
and rations. I went down to see the arrangements. It 
was pitch dark Every staff* oflScer thought it was an 

49 B 



50 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

occasion requiring zeal, consequently the scene was 
highly amusing. One staflF officer would be trying to put 
troops into a train while the engineer officer ordered it to 
shunt. The staff officer would then threaten the native 
engine-driver with instant death if he did not stop 
shunting, and the engineer officer threatened him with 
slow torture if he did not keep on shunting. However, 
about 1 a,m. the first train started off, the Sirdar himself 
getting into a truck and going with it. The line between 
Kosheh and Akasheh, only roughly repaired after the 
floods, was in a very precarious condition, and the train 
swayed and jolted along. The engine-driver, who had 
been over twenty-four hours on duty, fell asleep, and left 
his engine to the stoker, who promptly burnt the boiler 
out, and the train came to a standstill, with another one 
coming along behind it. 

When the other train came up the engine left its 
train and shoved the first train over the crest of the 
hill which runs down into Akasheh, and then left it 
to bring its own train up. The first train, left to 
itself, began to move down the hill which runs for 
two miles into Akasheh at a sharp gradient, and as the 
boiler was burnt out, and the steam brake could not be 
applied, it looked as if the train, with Sirdar, troops and 
all, would soon be dashing into Akasheh fifty miles an 
hour. Fortunately the hand-brakes on the engine and 
the brake-van were just enough to hold it, and the second 
train again coming up hooked on, and so they both 
reached Akasheh. 

Only two engines now remained to take the troops 
on, so the greater part of the rations and water 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 51 

fantasses were left behind to come the next trip. One 
officer remarked to the Sirdar that he thought he was 
cutting down the allowance of water very low for troops 
going into the desert " Well," said the Sirdar, " it will 
be a very funny thing if we are going to a place where 
the line has been washed out by water if we don't find 
some ; " and of course he was right. For the next ten 
days the troops repairing the line in the desert got their 
water almost entirely from rain-water pools, daily getting 
smaller by evaporation, till it became necessary to dig in 
the channels where the water had run. It was rather 
yellow water, but very wholesome. After leaving 
Akasheh the Sirdar's train was not yet free from 
accidents. It attempted to cross a place at Ambigol 
Wells which had been broken by flood, and was not yet 
completely repaired ; in fact, the men were still working 
on it. The engine heeled right over and remained in 
the middle trembling in the balance, and it took from 
10 a.m. till 5 p.m. to jack it up and get it over the 
place. 

The next day the troops arrived at the south end of 
the break and set to work with a will. The railway 
battalion and transport and North Stafi'ordshire Regiment 
were already at work on the north end of the gap. The 
camel corps, in the absence of most of the transport at 
the front, were temporarily turned into transport. It 
has always been a mystery to me how the troops in the 
desert got supplies at this time, considering the dis- 
organization of the line of communications caused by the 
catastrophe, but nevertheless the rations continued to 
arrive regularly, and although it was hand to mouth 



52 SUDAN CAMPAIGN^ 1896— 1899 

there was always something for the hand to put into the 
mouth. Two engines were working between Akasheh and 
the south end of the gap, bringing water and supplies, 
but they were cut off from the shops at Haifa, and were 
badly in need of a wash-out and repair. All day long 
without a check the work proceeded, the Sirdar directing, 
riding from Moghrat to Sarras and back on a camel. Just 
as the end seemed to be in view, news came of six miles 
washed away at Akasheh, and one of the two engines 
remaining on the south side had been caught by the 
flood and turned on its side. The remaining engine 
could hardly crawl along for want of cleaning and repair. 
Its driver had jaundice, but pluckily stuck to his work 
day and night. OflF went the Sii'dar to Akasheh to direct 
the work there. He was almost the first to reach the 
place, and might have been seen with his coat off*, lajdng 
out a railway curve for the men to work on. The 
cavalry, who had been marching up to take their place 
in the advance, were stopped at Akasheh and turned to 
the novel work of repairing railway. More battalions 
marched from Kosheh to Akasheh and soon got to work. 
As if enough accidents had not taken place there must 
needs be another, caused by carelessness, at Moghrat. 
An Egyptian officer had been sent from a battalion 
working on the line to fill the water fantasses at a rain- 
water pool near Moghrat station. He was given a 
railway truck to put the fantasses in, and was told to 
push this to Moghrat, but on no account to allow his 
men to get into the truck and run down the hills. He 
carried out these instructions till he got within a mile of 
Moghrat, and there he found himself on the top of a 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 53 

long liill running down to the sfeition. This was too 
much temptation. He put all his men into the truck, 
and seating himself on the buffer in front, away they 
started down the hill. By the time they reached 
Moghrat station they w^ere going thirty miles an hour, 
the oflScer on the buffer swinging his legs and enjoying 
himself immensely. Round the corner they swung, and 
there, two hundred yards in front, was the only remain- 
ing engine on the line taking water by bucket from the 
pool. The officer on the buffer saw at once that his 
place was no one for a gentleman, and so jumped off, but 
he did not jump clear, and the truck caught him and 
completely smashed him. The next second it hit the 
engine. The effect was like an explosion. Men and 
fantasses were thrown high in the air, and then fell to 
the bottom of the high bank. There was no doctor ; 
one or two English officers who were there happened to 
have a few bandages, with which they did the best they 
could for the injured till the doctor arrived in the 
afternoon. 

It would be as well if I now explained how it was the 
railway could be so damaged by rain. In the first place, 
such tremendous rain had not been seen in these parts 
for twenty years. Most years it does not rain at all in 
these regions, and that there had been very little in the 
last tw^elve years was shown by the fact that we found 
the railway bank made in 1884 almost intact. In the 
second place, the countrj^ between Haifa and Kosheh is a 
sea of precipitous rocky hills, through which run a few 
broad sandy khors or dry water-courses, consequently 
there is no other alternative than to lay the railway for a 



54 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

great deal of the way in these wat^r-channels. To do 
anything else would mean infinite labour, time, and 
money, altogether out of the question with a hastily- 
constructed military railway, and as rain only comes in 
any quantity once in every twenty years, it was reason- 
able to expect that we might take the risk. As it was, 
thanks tp the Sirdar's energetic direction and the zealous 
work of the troops, the whole damage was repaired 
twelve days after it had occurred — that is to say, 
repaired after a fashion, just sufficiently well to enable 
the line to work. After the railway had been completed, 
on the 4th August, the Railway Battalion had gone back 
on it improving the line, and had got it into very fair 
order, when the floods came and undid their work ; and 
so now it was indeed a dangerous track over which the 
trains brought up the last supplies necessary for the 
advance, important amongst which was the coal for the 
gtmboata. While the railway was being repaired work 
had progressed apace on the gunboat at Kosheh, so that 
when the Sirdar returned there she was ready for her 
trial. This boat was the apple of the Sirdar's eye. He 
knew better than any one the value of gunboats, and he 
had daily watched the progress of the work on this one, 
and he now was all keenness to see her trial. Alas ! 
she had not gone two hundred yards before there was a 
bang. A cylinder had burst, and all question of her use 
in the advance was at an end. 

The Sirdar was more upset by this than by anything 
that had happened previously. The cholera, the bad 
desert march, the flooding of the railway, all these had 
seemed to afiect him but little, but his disappointment 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 55 

at this last accident for a time got the better of him. 
He turned and rode into the desert by himself for a 
couple of hours, and it was not till the evening that he 
was himself again. There was nothing more now to wait 
for, and on the 1 0th September the Sirdar and remaining 
troops left Kosheh for the advance on Dongola. 



CHAPTER V 

It was like going, on Icav^e when we marched out of 
Kosheh, after the long hot period of waiting and pre- 
paring. The weather was still very hot, but we did not 
feel the heat so much now that we knew we should soon 
be in touch with the Dervishes, and tiuiiing them out 
of Dongola. 

The time spent in repairing the railway had not been 
wasted at the front. Supplies had been pushed up, and 
the telegraph had been laid well on. In fact, the tele- 
graph had been laid across the desert before the infantry 
crossed, as soon as cavalry had reported it safe. On the 
15th September the whole force was concenti-ated at 
Fereig, and all the supplies had arrived there by boat. 
The force was composed as follows : — 

Half a battalion North Staffordshii*e Begiment. 

One maxim battery Connaught Rangers. 

Six squadrons Egyptian cavalry, under Lieutenant-Colonel Burn- 
Murdoch. 

Camel corps, under Major Tudway. 

Three mule and one horse battery. 

First Brigade, under Major Lewis ; Ninth and Tenth Sudanese, 
and Third and Fourth Egyptian. 

Second Brigade, under Major Macdonald; Eleventh, Twelfth, 

Thirteenth Sudanese. 

56 



9" 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 57 

Third Brigade, under Major Maxwell; Second, Seventh, and 
£ighth Egyptian. 

Fourth Brigade, under Major David ; First, Fifteenth, and half 
Fifth Egyptian. 

Four gunboats, under Commander CJolville, R.N., with Lieutenants 
Beatty and Bobertson, B.N., and Captain Oldfield, B.M.A., com- 
manding boats. 

The total strength was about 12,000. 

The Sixth Battalion had been left at Kosheh, and half the Fifth 
was to stay at Fereig. 

The Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Battalions were com- 
manded and entirely officered by Egyptian officers. All the others 
were commanded by English officers, with two other English offioei's 
to each Egyptian and three to each Sudanese battalion. 

There were also three unarmed steamers. 

On the 1 4th September the cavalry made an extended 
reconnaissance nearly as far as Abu Fatmeh. They found 
no Dervish force, but got news which confirmed previous 
rumours that they had built a fort at Kemia, and in- 
tended to fight us there. Kerma is on the east bank, 
about six miles above the top of the cataract. During 
this reconnaissance they encountered a few Dervish 
cavalry, which gave rise to an incident more suitable to 
ancient warfare. The emir commanding the Dervish 
scouts, seeing one of our squadrons approaching, gal- 
loped out brandishing his spear and sword, and making his 
horse prance the while he shouted insults at the Egyptians. 
An Egyptian trooper promptly took up the challenge 
and charged him, but the Dei-vish dodged the lance 
point and missed the Egyptian with his sword. Captain 
Whitler then put an end to this tournament business 
by riding out and shooting the emir. On the 15th we 
had a false alarm, which caused the whole camp to stand 



58 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

to arms. On the 1 6th the force marched off, the flotilla 
steaming and sailing alongside through the cataracts, 
which in this part are not rapid enough to make boat- 
hauling necessary, but careful steaming was required. 
Marching steadily on, the force arrived on the evening 
of the 18th within seven miles of Kerma, and it was 
expected that Kerma fort would be attacked next day. 
As usual, the force lay down to sleep in the ranks, formed 
up with their backs to the river ; no fires were allowed, 
so that our position should not be known. One gunboat 
had had the bad luck to get aground on what was 
practically the last rock in the cataract. It was crushing 
luck on its commander. Lieutenant Robertson, R.N., 
who had taken an energetic part in bringing steamers 
and boats through the cataracts between Haifa and 
Kosheh, and now the very last rock was to stop him 
taking part in the gunboat fight which occurred the next 
day. All night long the gunboats were snorting and 
puffing, trying to get the unfortunate one off, but with- 
out success. About 7.30 p.m. Captain Mahon of the 
cavalry reported that he had been right up to Kerma 
fort and found it empty, and the Dervishes had been 
busy all day crossing to Hafir, and were still doing so. 

Before sunrise on the 19th September the force moved 
off, and about 9.30 came up to Kerma fort, to find it 
evacuated. It was a thick loop-holed mud wall, with 
embrasures for guns, and an inner fort. It commanded 
an excellent field of fire, and would have necessitated 
some loss to troops capturing it, but the gunboats could 
have knocked it about a lot. Passing the fort, the force 
went on till Kerma village was reached, and there halted 




Army 



D/ACAA/t S I 



6o SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

just opposite Hafir. The gunboats were steamiug aloug 
side, and as they came opposite Hafir puffs of smoke 
and the report of guns revealed the Dervish position 
on the other bank. It was an excellent position. The 
navigable channel of the river at this point is not very 
wide, and to get through the gunboats would have to 
pass close by the Derv^ish position. As soon as the gun- 
boats saw the Der\-ishes they steamed up and engaged 
them. The Dervishes were occupying some excellently 
placed low trenches connecting six earth gun emplace- 
ments. Several Der\ashes could also be seen firing from 
the tops of the palm-trees, from which they were soon 
dislodged by the maxims, and if they were not killed by 
the bullets, they certainly must have been by their fall 
to the ground. Behind in the desert could be seen about 
three thousand Dervish horse and foot, waiting out of range 
of the gunboats to fall on any force that attempted to 
cross the river. It looked a very stiff nut to crack. The 
gunboats were having a pretty warm time. They are 
provided with steel plates, w^liich protect the greater part 
of the boat from rifle fire ; but people w^alking about from 
one part of the boat to the other are exposed, and of course 
the boats w^ere not proof against shell fire. They seemed 
tremendous big targets for the Dervishes to hit, but not 
more than four or five shells hit them the ^ whole day, 
and fortunately they did no harm. One shell passed 
right througli the magazine of a gunboat, but did not 
explode, and did not touch any ammunition. After the 
bombardment had proceeded about half-an-hour Com- 
mander Colville was hit in the wTist ; for the moment 
he was somewhat overcome, and the native reis in the 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 61 

conning-tower with liim, who did not relish his position 
at all, thought it an excellent opportunity to turn his boat 
round and retreat. These boats turn very easily, and before 
Commander Colville realized what the reis was doing he 
had whisked the boat round and was going down stream. 
The Dervishes were so elated at this that they jumped 
up on to the parapet and brandished their rifles, but 
speedily took shelter again when the two other gunboats 
stood in a bit closer and let fly their maxims. Com- 
mander Colville soon made the native reis bring up 
the gunboat again, and so the bombardment proceeded. 
After another hour, Commander Colville drew off" the 
boats, and steaming back to the force reported that he 
could not make much impression, and asked that they 
might be assisted by the artiUery from the east bank. 
All the artillery and the British maxim battery accord- 
ingly took up their position opposite Hafir, and com- 
menced to bombard with some effect. The Dervishes 
replied to them with rifle fire, but their gun fire did not 
reach. The gunboats again went up and continued 
bombarding. While this was going on, the officers of 
the land force were watching the proceedings through 
their glasses, and arguing as to the right way of taking 
the position. " My dear sir, what we ought to do 
now is all to get in boats, scoot across, and wipe 'em 
out." 

" Rot, my good man ; we should be as thick as flies on 
the boats, and they'd pot us all before we get across. 
What we ought to do is to send half the force up stream 
and half down, and that would divide that mobile 
force of theirs, and then we would cross simultaneously. 



62 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

come round behind them, and unite in mopping them 
up. 

" Not a bit of it, my dear sir ; we ought to leave a 
small force to make a feint at crossing here, and send 
the whole lot to cross at Argo Island," etc. etc. 

But the Sirdar had a plan by which he was going to 
get the position without losing a man of his land force. 
The Dervish, like every one else, hates to know that 
there is a force behind him doing goodness knows what ; 
also he thinks that every one is like himself, and will 
ill-treat his women-kind if they are captured, conse- 
quently if he knows a force is behind him, he will leave 
any position to see what that force is doing. About 
12.30 the Sirdar, having thoroughly pounded their 
position, ordered the gunboats to run past it and pro- 
ceed to Dongola. The gunboats had a very hot time 
passing the position, the Dervishes redoubling their 
efforts, and subsequent examination showed that hardly 
a square inch of the gunboats had escaped being hit. 
However, the shells mostly missed them, and they all 
got safely by with a loss of twenty-one killed and 
wounded, and proceeded to Dongola. This manoeuvre 
at first appeared to have no effect, and the Dervishes 
still replied briskly to our artillery. We afterwards 
heard that about half-past one a piece of shell wounded 
the Dervish commander. Wad Bishara, in the head. This 
was a most fortunate occurrence, as he was a first-class 
man, and indeed he had taken up a splendid position, 
and altogether showed more generalship than any 
other Dervish commander that we subsequently met. 
Although wounded, he tried to make his men stick to 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 63 

the position, but they insisted on going back to Dongola 
to protect their wives and property from the gunboats ; 
accordingly during the night, unknown to us, they 
inarched away to Dongola, leaving behind several boats 
containing grain, and a small steamer which had been 
sunk in shallow water in the bombardment. The next 
morning one awoke with some curiosity. We knew it 
had been decided that if the Dervishes still occupied 
their position we were to cross and turn them out, which 
would mean stiff fighting. The news soon spread that 
the place was evacuated, and we got orders to get on to 
steamers and boats and cross, as Dongola lies on the 
west bank. 

Every one, when they reached the other bank, was 
much interested in the Dervish position, of which 
Diagram III. is a sketch. In the trenches could be seen 
each man's little pile of empty cartridge cases, a handful 
of dates, and here and there a half-eaten sheep or goat. 
The trenches were very cunningly made, with neat 
loopholes, so well made, in fact, that they had been 
little damaged by the bombardment ; on the other hand, 
the gun emplacements were ver}^ inferior, and had been 
much knocked about. The natives of the \411age said 
that few Dervishes had been killed, but confirmed the 
report of Wad Bishara's wound. 

During the whole of the 20th all through the night, 
and till 1 p.m. on the 21st, the steamers and boats were 
crossing the troops, transport animals, and supplies. 
The gunboats returned, and reported that they had 
found Dongola devoid of any garrison, but they had 
seen the whole Dervish force marching from Hafir to 



64 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

garrison Dongola, and reported them to be about five 
thousand. They had recently been reinforced by seven 
hundred Sudanese from Omdurman. At 5 p.m. on the 
21st the force started to march the thirty-five miles 
which lay between them and Dongola. Marching was 
continued till midnight, a halt till 4 a.m., then marched 
again till 9.30 a.m., halt during the heat of the day, 
march again from 4 p.m. till midnight ; starting again 
at 4 a.m. on the 23rd we arrived about 8.30 at a place 
which was believed to be within about six miles of 
Dongola. It was a perfect position if they chose to 
attack us. Here a halt was made for the whole day 
to rest the troops, before what was expected to be a 
hard fight the next day. Double rations were issued. 
• The Intelligence Department were in communication 
with spies in Dongola. The gunboats were bombarding 
the place. The Dervishes replied pluckily to the gun- 
boats. Time and again their little brass guns were 
knocked over, but they always put them up and 
managed to keep them going. The land force were 
rather sore at the gunboats having all the fun, and 
I think an oflficer expressed the opinion of all when 
he said, " Damn those gunboats, why can't they shut 
up? they will fiighten them all away." 

Soon after we had bivouacked we were all surprised 
by the arrival of the gunboat whose cylinder had burst 
at Kosheh. Colonel Cochrane, commanding line of 
communications, had managed to get the cylinder of 
another similar gunboat, also under construction, put 
into the place of the damaged cylinder, and he now 
turned up triumphant on the boat. Next day the gun- 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 65 

boat did good service in bombarding Dongola. The 
deck nearly gave way when they fixed the 12-pounder, 
but they shored it up with telegraph poles and con- 
tinued firing. 

In the afternoon the Sirdar assembled the Brigadiers, 
and informed them he intended to attack Dongola the 




nest day, that the enemy were about five thousand 
strong, that their riflemen were posted behind the 
fortifications of the town, and that all their spearmen 
and cavalry would be on the ridge to the west of the 
town, from which they intended to hurl themselves on 
our flank. Lewis's Brigade supported by David's was 
to attack the town. MacDonald's, supported by Max- 
well's, would attack the ridge. The North Staffordshire 



66 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

and maxims would be in the centre, the cavalry, camel 
corps, and horse artillery on the right flank. It was 
in this order that the force moved off at 5 a.m. the 
following morning. As the ground the whole way to 
Dongola was perfectly open, we were able to march 
with a front of two brigades and the Staffords in line, 
with the cavalry and camel corps on the right, and 
though many men had seen bigger forces, all agreed 
that one could not see a finer sight than when, with 
Dongola in the foreground, this force was marching on 
a broad front in perfect formation as if at a review to 
attack the place. The distance to Dongola was much 
further than had been anticipated. We expected to 
reach the place at 9 a.m., but at 10 a.m. we had 
not sighted it. About this time the cavalry scouts 
reported that they had found the enemy in position as 
expected, about two thousand on the ridge, remainder 
in the town, and soon we were all able to see the enemy 
on a ridge about two thousand yards off. On the 
plain in front of them was a body of cavalry manoeu- 
vring with such precision that we thought at first they 
must be ours, until a glance to our flank showed that 
our cavalry was still there. The Intelligence Depart- 
ment had that morning published the fact that the 
Dervishes had held a council of war the previous night, 
at which they had determined to fight, and now when 
they began firing their brass guns, it looked as if we 
were going to have a run for our money. Our cavalry 
and camel corps were now told to work round the 
Dervish flank, while MacDonald's Brigade was ordered 
to attack the ridge in front. Lewis's Brigade was to 



[y. 



Ui 



I' 




^l^fwmdl^ 



" ■ ■ ■ ^ 1 

Jinrhm riMiles 

- (Appro 5) ^ 



68 SUDAN CAMPAIGN^ 1896— 1899 

advance on the town, supported by David's, while 
Maxwell's was to fill the gap between MacDonald 
and Lewis. No sooner had our cavalry started off than 
the Dervishes on the ridge disappeared from view. This 
looked rather like a bolt, but it might be that the 
Dervishes had retired a few hundred yards from the edge 
of the ridge, and were ambushed in a hollow. Accord- 
ingly MacDonald halted at the foot of a ridge, and sent 
a staff officer up to see what was on top. He returned 
to say that the Dervish infantry were not visible, the 
Dervish cavalry were about five hundred yards off retir- 
ing steadily before our cavalry. Just then the horse 
artillery began to open fire, and MacDonald continued 
advancing with mounted officers scouting in front, as 
there were numerous small valleys sufficient to hide a 
large force. Meanwhile the remainder of the force was 
advancing on the town preceded by the Sirdar and 
staff, the cavalry were following up the retreating 
Dervishes, and the horse artillery, accompanying them, 
could be heard firing. Some of the Dervish cavalry 
turned at bay to cover the retreat and charged 
towards our cavalry. Captain Adams's squadron charged 
to meet them. Just as Captain Adams was within a 
few lengths of the leading emir, Adams's horse fell, 
throwing him to the ground. The emir galloped over 
him, slashing at him with his sword, but missed him. 
The Egyptian squadron defeated the Dervish one, and 
continued the pursuit. It soon became patent to all 
that we were not going to get a fight. The town was 
found to be empty. Several of the Sirdar's staff 
remonstrated with him for riding right ahead of every 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1B96— 1899 69 

one. It was quite possible that one or two fanatics 
might be lurking behind, who could easily distinguish 
Tiim by his flag, but he continued to ride in front. It 
was now about mid-day, and since the prospect of a 
fight had faded, the long march of seven hours began 
to be feit. The men had finished their water-bottles 





i J 




^*^SI 



and were very thirsty, but we had to march on past the 
town, which seemed as if it was never going to end. 
We finally halted on the south side of it. To reach 
the proper river bank, we had to cross an overflow from 
the Nile, which was about a foot deep with stagnant 
water. Several of the Staff'ordshire drank from this 
while crossing, and eousequently suffered severely from 
enteric fever about a fortnight later. About an hour 



70 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

after we had reached our bivouac, we were all surprised 
to see the cavalry returning. I never heard what was 
the reason for so short a pursuit, doubtless there were 
excellent ones, but it caused a good deal of surprise at 
the time. It made no difference, however, to the 
Dervish losses. They knew it would be impossible to 
retreat along the river as the gunboats would prevent 
it, so the whole Dervish force, bolting in a disorganized 
rabble, had struck into the desert to try and reach 
Khartum by a desert route which is used by caravans. 
The wells, however, were not suflficient to supply so 
many, several did not know the road, so very few ever 
reached Omdurman. They were afterwards found lying 
dead in the desert in groups of fifty and a hundred. 
In many cases, one could see holes dug in the sand 
with their hands in the vain endeavour to get water. So 
hurried had been their flight, that mothers with babes 
in arms had dropped them, and the cavalry and horse 
artillery came back laden with black and brown babies. 
They had also made a much more useful capture in 
the shape of seven hundred Sudanese riflemen, better 
known as " blacks." These, finding themselves deserted, 
had surrendered. Four hundred of the best of them were 
promptly enlisted in the Egyptian army, and sent to 
Haifa to be trained. The remaining three hundred not 
being considered physically fit, were sent to work with 
the railway battalion. Dongola was not exactly the place 
one would choose to live in. It is barely above water 
at high Nile, so that we found the whole place saturated 
and full of every sort of fly. The old fortifications of 
the town were in very fair order. There were no 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 ^\ 

valuables, but a good many curiosities, such as shirts of 
mail, war drums, etc. One officer was lucky enough 
to get a genuine Crusader's sword with an English 
crest and Latin motto engraved on it. The gunboats 
took additional troops on board, and without resistance 
went right up to Debbeh, Korti, and Merowi, which 
were quite empty. MacDonald's Brigade soon left 
Dongola to garrison these places. Merowi is nearly the 
limit of the navigable stretch of Nile in this part. At 
Kassinger, eighteen miles from Merowi, begins the 
Fourth Cataract, which blocks navigation for one 
hundred and thirty-five miles to Abu Hamed. Between 
Merowi and Omdurman lies the Bayuda Desert, so at 
present we were at the end of our tether. Some 
people at home began to ask why we did not imme- 
diately continue to advance. The Sirdar was as keen 
and determined to advance as any one, but on quite 
a difierent plan, which necessitated a good many days 
of hard work before the next advance began. 

Thus the first phase of the campaign was over. It 
was by far the stifiest bit of work of the whole three 
years. The exceptional heat and rains, and the cholera, 
added to the fact that the war machine was being to a 
great extent freshly organized, and started on its work 
while money was short; all these considerations made 
the Dongola Expedition harder work than the sub- 
sequent phases of the campaign, when everybody was 
thoroughly trained, and knew their work, and when the 
heat, though bad, was not unprecedentedly so. 



CHAPTER VI 

When an expedition reaches its goal, and the strain 
of urgency is removed, a reaction sets in. Small in- 
dispositions that one does not notice while struggling 
to reach the goal begin to make themselves felt. One 
notices that one has run down considerably in health 
and energy. Six months of hot weather in a tent or 
hut or without any shelter, with indifferent food, with 
frequent calls on one for exceptional spm-ts of hard work, 
take it out of fellows ; so that when the objects of the 
expedition had been attained, fellows began to speculate 
on the chance of leave. Although it was confidently 
expected that an advance to Khartum would ultimately 
take place, it hardly seemed at this time within the 
scope of *' practical politics ; " it was in the dim future, 
and was something one must take care to be in, but in 
the meantime why not a little leave instead of stewing 
in a grass hut at some ruined, steaming, fly-blown place 
on the Nile, watching the men building mud huts, which 
certainly would be cooler, but not very enticing to a 
man who is feeling run down ? Another effect of the 
reaction is that one notices how beastly the food is, how 

monotonous and dreary the country, how hard it is to 

72 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 73 

amuse oneself; one longs for the sight of fresh green 
vegetables, fresh butter, to find that one's things are 
not smothered in sand, to get out of sight and smell 
of a camel, to see a real green field ; or with the many 
who are living entirely or almost by themselves on the 
long line of communications, there is a strong desire to 
walk into a mess again and hear several fellows chaffing 
one another, to go to a theatre where one will forget 
ammunition, equipment, camels, water supply, food 
arrangements, boats, railways, angareebs, natives, drill, 
baggage, etc. , etc. The Sudan campaigners had to stand 
this test of discipline and endurance a good deal during 
the three years' campaign. As I stated before, and as 
the Sirdar said in his speech to the troops at Cairo, these 
times of waiting and working in monotonous uncomfort- 
able places are far the greatest tests of discipline and 
soldierly qualities that troops have to undergo. 

Although every one was hoping for leave, it could not 
be granted. The intelligence from Omdurman was that 
the Khalifa was very angry at the loss of Dongola, and 
was planning an attack in force, so all had to remain on 
the frontier. In a few special cases leave for one month 
to Cairo was granted. Fortunately the tribes in the 
Bayuda Desert had come over to our side and were 
holding all the wells for us, backed up by the camel 
corps, who had hard work for many months to come 
patrolling the Bayuda Desert, to watch and inspire 
confidence in the friendlies. 

The next few months, although there appeared to be 
little of importance going on, were nevertheless the time 
during which the foundations of a great deal of the after 



74 SUDAN CAMPAIQN, 1896— 1899 

success of the campaign was being laid. There was not 
the same urgency and strain, so there was time for 
instruction, and all departments profited by it. The 
transport, although still working on the portages, had 
their education thoroughly completed in care of saddles 
and camels, loading and unloading baggage quickly, and, 
in the manner most convenient to the camel, turning 
out prepared in every detail at the shortest notice and 
punctual to the moment, and in a hundred and one other 
dodges, small in themselves, but essential to a perfect 
transport corps, which means untold advantage to the 
health and comfort of a force. The transport camps 
quickly arranged would nevertheless have done credit 
to a crack cavalry regiment for neatness and comfort 
of man and beast. The same could hardly be said of 
their clothes, but here again their practical common- 
sense was shown. Many had cut holes in the corners 
of corn-sacks to put their arms through, others had cut 
holes to put their legs through, and either way it made 
a most serviceable coat. They patched their clothes 
with anything they could get, and it was not uncommon 
to see a man wearing trousers of which the right leg was 
blue, the left khaki, and the seat a bit of a corn-sack. 
When the transport requisitioned for clothes they were 
given the cast-off clothes of the railway battalion. 
When the railway battalion requisitioned for clothes 
they were given the cast-off clothes of the transport 
to patch their garments with, and no man's trousers 
were condemned unless both knees and the seat were 
gone. 

While the transport was being perfected in their 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 75 

duties, an even more important improvement was taking 
place in the railway battalion. The railway was being 
extended one hundred miles further from Kosheh to the 
head of the Third Cataract at Kerma, so that Dongola 
might then be connected by alternate rail and steamer 
with Cairo, and be independent of camel transport. The 
railway also was profiting by the fact that there was not 
so much need now of excessive hurry, and Lieutenant 
Blakeney, R.R, was teaching them not only to lay a 
track quickly but in first-rate style. The result was 
that the rail-head party was soon organized in such 
a way, that they could with ease and comfort lay two 
miles of first-rate track in a day. The advantage of this 
training was incalculable when the big desert line was 
made later on. 

Two more gunboats which had been ordered at the 
commencement of the campaign were run up by rail in 
sections and put together. The one which had been so 
hastily put together was thoroughly overhauled, and all 
these three boats afterwards proved first-rate. 

The " blacks " captured at Dongola were going through 
recruits' drill and musketry at Haifa under the super- 
vision of Captain Fergusson, so as to form the nucleus of 
a new Sudanese battalion which was being raised. Two 
more Egyptian battalions, two more Egyptian squadrons, 
and one more battery were being recruited -and trained 
in Cairo. 

The Sirdar meanwhile had made his plan, and was busy 
arranging for the next and most important part of the 
campaign. He argued that the only way for a big force 
to advance was by the Nile, that to supply that big force 



76 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

there must be a railway going by the shortest route, no 
matter how many miles of desert it might have to cross, 
that the key of the Sudan was Berber, that the key of 
Berber was Abu Hamed. The key of the Sudan would 
not require anything like so big a force to take it that 
the stronghold itself at Omdurman would require, con- 
sequently the key might easily be captured, the line of 
communication to it perfected, and then no matter how 
big a force was required to capture the stronghold, that 
force could then with ease be brought up and supplied, 
and not only that, but when it reached the stronghold it 
could continue to operate right on to the confines of the 
Sudan. On the other hand, to try to send a big force at 
once across the Bayuda Desert to Omdurman was a 
gambler's throw, and if successful, the uncertain line 
of communication would necessitate the immediate re- 
duction of the force, so that it could not reap the full 
fruits of its victory, and would be living from hand to 
mouth for many months, Avhile the line of communications 
was being improved. 

Arguing thus, he decided entirely on his own responsi- 
bility, contrary to the opinion of eminent engineers and 
of many who knew Egjrpt and the Sudan well, to make 
a railway over two hundred and thirty-five miles of 
absolutely unmapped and waterless desert from Haifa 
to Abu Hamed, which was garrisoned by the Dervishes. 
To appreciate ^the boldness of this scheme, it must be 
borne in mind, first, that when the Sirdar decided on it, 
no one knew anything of the desert between Murat 
Wells and Abu Hamed. Very few Europeans had 
ever crossed it, and they had made no maps. All the 



13'. 



s 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 77 

information to be got from them was that it was very 
hilly and bad for a railway. The caravan route from 
Murat Wells to Abu Hamed was roughly mapped, but 
no survey of the slightest use to a railway had ever been 
made, consequently it was not known what difficulties 
might be encountered. The country between Korosko 
and Murat Wells was well mapped, and known to be 
difficult for a railway. Secondly, it must be borne in 
mind that the only wells in this desert were Murat 
Wells; none existed between Wady Haifa and Abu 
Hamed, where the railway was to be made ; also it was 
known that Said Pasha had formerly made determined 
attempts to find water in this desert, causing wells two 
hundred to three hundred feet deep to be sunk in several 
places, but without success. This lack of water would 
be a great impediment to the railway. If none were 
found it would mean that engines would have to run 
two hundred and thirty-four miles out and two hundred 
and thirty-four back without water, before the line 
reached the other end. This meant that every engine 
would have to draw about fourteen truciks, carrying 
fomrteen fifteen-hundred-gallon tanks of water for 
its own consumption, thus greatly reducing the 
number of trucks available for railway material, 
and so retarding the progress of the line. Again, such a 
distance is a tremendous long run for an engine, and an 
engine breaking down and blocking a line on Avhich three 
thousand men are depending for their water is a serious 
matter. The water supply of the construction party 
was another consideration. Supposing the line to be 
easy, three thousand men would be required at rail-head. 



78 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

if there was heavy work more would be required. 
Every man must be allowed three gallons a day, so that 
nine thousand gallons is the minimum that must go by 
train daily to rail-head ; six more trucks daily carrying 
nothing but water instead of railway material. If a 
serious accident happened on the line, if floods came 
or anything caused it to be blocked for forty-eight hours, 
the rail-head party would die of thirst. 

Fortunately the Sirdar was not to be deterred by any 
of these considerations, and decided to take all the risks 
and make the line. He knew that he had the right man 
to plan and execute it in Lieutenant Girouard, R.E., 
who had already overcome all difficulties on the Dongola 
line, and created an excellent railway constructing 
machine out of w^hat at first seemed most unpromising 
material. 

Engineer officers were therefore sent out to explore 
the desert and find out the best route for the railway. 
As Abu Hamed was stiU held by the Dervishes the line 
could not be completely reconnoitred, but Lieutenant 
Cator, R.E. (who died three weeks later), accompanied 
by the Ababdeh Arabs, rode as close as possible, and 
from this and several other Engineer officers' reports, 
it was found that whereas the country between Korosko 
and Abu Hamed was extremely difficult for a railway, 
there appeared to be an extraordinarily convenient belt 
of easy country between Wady Haifa and Abu Hamed. 
Though the country rose to a good height, it appeared 
to be a fairly gradual ascent. The descent into Abu 
Hamed was believed to be difficult but could not be 
examined, and had to be left to the future. Another 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 79 

result of the Engineer oflScera' reports was that wells 
were suuk in two places in the desert, which seemed 
to be the only places where water could possibly be 
found. It was a foriom hope, nothing was expected 
of it. No one could hope to find water in a dreary 
waste, in which not even a bush six inches high grows 




for a hundred milea One or two patches of dwarfed 
thorn bushes were to be found in a few places in the 
desert, separated by several miles. Nevertheless at both 
the places which were tried, water in abundance was 
found at a depth of seventy feet, and at distances of 
seventy-seven and one hundred and twenty-six miles 
from Wady Haifa. The importance of this in expediting 
the construction of the line will be readily understood. 



So SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

After the success at these two wells, several more were 
dug in other parts of the desert, but in every case 
without success. 

One of the features of campaigning in the Sudan 
is camel reconnaissance. As stated before, the camel 
corps were busy patrolling the Bayuda Desert, Engineer 
officers were reconnoitring the Nubian Desert, and Staff 
and other officers are constantly finding themselves 
doing long camel rides. Since this is the case, it will 
perhaps not be out of place if I give a description of 
a long desert camel ride. Let the reader imagine that 
with myself he has been told off to ride from Haifa 
to Murat Wells to inspect the fort there, and then to 
make a detour to see if any rain-water has been caught 
in the rock basins, which are known to exist in a few 
places in the desert, and which occasionally furnish 
water which might be used by raiding Dervishes. 

First of all, what time of year is it ? This is an 
important matter. If it is winter it will be bitterly 
cold sleeping out at night. It will be beautifully fresh 
and invigorating between sunrise and 10.30 a.m., rather 
unpleasantly hot but still bearable till 3.30 p.m., and 
then cool and pleasant till sunset starts one shivering 
again. If it is summer — well, let us suppose it is 
summer ; then we have got a very unpleasant experi- 
ence before us, but we must make our preparations. 
We are each possessed of two camels, a riding one and 
a baggage one, both bred in the desert and bought from 
desert Arabs. There are camels and camels. Nothing 
is more ungainly than the Lower Egypt big lumbering 
camel ; on the other hand, one cannot see a finer sight 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1S96— 1899 81 

tlian a good desert "liadjin" or riding camol, with a 
well-turned-out Arab sheikh on its back. TaH, with 
a fine short-haired white coat, its small head held well 
up, clean long legs, large well-shaped hump, keeping 
its head up and not stretched down when it trots ; on 
its back a clear-eyed, copper- eolourotl, good-looking 




Arab, dressed in white with rod leather boots coming 
above his knees, round his waist a coloured sash siiow- 
ing off his spare but well-knit figure, on his head a 
ueatly-wound coloured turban, on his left arm in an 
ornamentid leather and crocodile skin case a silver- 
handled dagger, in his bolt a revolver, slung on the 
side of his saddle a ailvcr-hilted straight sword in a 



82 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

scabbard of ornamental red leather with silver tip, also 
a round rhinoceros-hide shield, behind his saddle a 
rifle. The saddle itself is a cup-shaped *' macloufa" with 
pommel in front and behind. It is covered with rod 
leather, the pommels being ornamented in various ways ; 
it is almost hidden by a long, double, w^hite sheepskin 
hanging well down on either side over a pair of fine 
"hoorgs." The whole makes up a picture which cannot 
be surpassed even by a fine rider on a well-bred horse, 
especially if one sees it in the desert a hundred miles 
from anywhere. We are then each possessed of a good 
riding camel and also of a w^ell-bred baggage camel, 
almost a " hadjin," but not quite. This will not be 
enough, because we must load them light as we want 
to travel fast and keep our baggage with us. We 
therefore borrow^ another or get it from the transport. 
We will take one servant to cook for us and one camel 
boy, who will ride one baggage camel and lead another, 
and with the assistance of the Arab guide will feed and 
look after all the camels when we halt. Now, as to the 
loads. We must carry three days' water for our two 
selves and two servants, the guide looks after himself 
This means two gallons per man per day : that is, 
twenty-four gallons for three days. We will therefore 
fill four or five waterskins according to their size. If w^e 
were not going to Murat Wells we would carry it in two 
fantasses and one waterskin. The fantasses (water tanks) 
do not leak like a skin, but the Murat water corrodes 
them, and a drink of Murat water w^hich has been two 
days in a fantass and one day in a waterskin is about 
as nastv in colour and taste as one can imaojine. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 85 

We must next pack up twelve days' food and liquor 
for ourselves. This will go into two lime-juice boxes 
about two feet square by six inches deep and into a pair 
of hoorgs (big leather bags thrown across a camel and 
hanging one on each side). On one side of the hoorg 
we put enough food for three days, so as not to unpack 
the boxes every halt ; in the other bag of the hoorg go 
sauce-pan, frying-pan, kettle, iron teapot, four iron cups, 
four knives, four forks, four spoons, and, so as to make 
the weight equal, a bottle of whisky, bottle of claret, 
bottle of lime juice, and tin of milk. The next thing to 
be thought of is forage for the camels, 10 lbs. of doura 
per camel per day. We must carry three days' forage, 
so that means 150 lbs. of doura. Don't forget firewood, 
as not a stick shall we find to light our camp fire. 

Next we make up two small rolls of bedding each, 
two blankets and a pillow (sounds luxurious, but it is 
almost a necessity, it makes so much difference). Inside 
the bedding rolls arc a few clothes. Each roll of bedding 
is about two feet six inches long and fifteen inches in 
diameter. They go one each side of our macloufas under 
the seat against the panel, then put a blanket over the 
seat of the macloufa, on top of that a " furoa'' (sheepskin). 
On the back pommel sling sword and revolver, so that 
revolver does not touch the camel or it will gall it, 
also a full canvas water-bottle and haversack with odds 
and ends; see that nothing except the sword scabbard 
touches the camel; anything that does will gall him. 
Your own camel is now ready, lightly loaded as he 
should be. The servant's camel will have the hoorgs 
containing food and cooking pots, while hanging on 



86 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

each side so as to balance will be a half-full waterskin 
(full ones would make load too much). The camel boy 
rides on top of the camel carrying forage, and leads a 
camel carrying the water and firewood. These last two 
camels are heavily loaded at present, but they are fresh 
now, and their loads of water and forage will rapidly 
diminish. We will start in the afternoon; the pre- 
parations and loading up for a long journey cannot be 
hurried, however one may try. Once one gets into the 
desert one's Arab guide and the servants will load up 
and start off in a very short time, but they will dawdle 
over the first start; consequently, if we tried to start 
in the morning we should not get off till it was getting 
hot. So we order the start to be made at 3 p.m., 
and at 4 p.m. everything is ready. The camels were 
watered at ten o'clock in the morning, and are now 
loaded ready for us. Directly a camel feels one's 
weight coming on him he jumps up like an earthquake, 
so a good dodge for mounting is to catch hold of the 
back pommel, bend one's knee and put the crook of it 
on the near front corner of the saddle ; supposing the 
camel jumps up when one has done only that, it does 
not throw one. With the right hand on the rear 
pommel and one's knee crooked over the corner of the 
saddle one is perfectly secure, and can slide into the 
seat with ease at one's leisure. The novice, on the 
other hand, puts his right leg right over the saddle, 
the camel jumps up and throws him backwards. 

However, at length we are off. Just before we start 
we are told to go and see on our way if the Arabs have 
left water as directed at the place to which a well- 



SUDAN CA.\fPAIGN, 1896—1899 



87 



digging pnrty is to be sent for the railway. Tliis means 
a bit of a detour, so we do not follow the ordinary 
track. About 5 p.m. it begins to cool. Both our 
camel-s and ourselves are fresh, and it is very pleasant 
to be swinging along in the open desert. Going into 
the desert one gets the same feeling of independence 
and freedom from worry which one gets on board ship. 




For three days, at any rate, no letters or telegrams 
can reach one. One is alone with natnre like the most 
veritable savage. The camel is undoubtedly the animal 
for long journeys. The only tiling against him is that 
his pace is not quite fast enough, so one has to ride 
many hours in order to cover a long distance. Good 
riding camels, such as I assume we are on, can go 
flcven miles an hour, but they cannot keep it up for 



88 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

one hundred and fifteen miles, so as that is to be our 
journey we cannot go more than four to four and a half 
miles an hour. We ought to do thirty-five miles a day, 
so we must ride about nine hours daily, and what with 
short halts and occasionally walking, it means being in 
the saddle at least ten hours a day. Having left at 
4 p.m. we halt at 7 p.m., the camels' customary feed- 
ing time. As we are not to be halted long the saddles 
are not taken off, only the loads. In front of each 
camel is spread a sack, and on that his feed of doura 
is placed ; if you do not put a sack under it he will 
not touch it. In a few minutes one's servant has lit 
a fire, and soon produces a meal consisting of soup, a 
tin of Indian curry, biscuits and jam. At 8.30 p.m. 
we are off again. Not very good for the digestion, ])ut 
that is a detail we don't consider in the Sudan, and 
we ride till 11 p.m. For tliis part of the journey we 
are dependent on the guide ; during the day we can 
find our way about the desert, especially if we have 
ridden it before, but at night it is very difficult with- 
out taking a lot of trouble to constantly watch one's 
compass, so it is better to follow the guide, who is going 
by the stars and does it with ease, chatting away mean- 
while. The Arabs have names for all the constellations 
though they group them in a different way. They have 
a certain amount of practical knowledge of astronomy, 
and know when to expect certain stars, etc. At 11 p.m. 
we halt and lay our sheepskin and blankets on the 
sand, but first make a hole for your hip and dig the 
sand to make it soft. These two operations make alt 
the difference to one's comfort. This is the best part 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1B99 89 

of a desert ride. One is pleasantly tired, the air is 
beautifully fresli and cool after tlie burning day, not 
a vestige of a cloud, so all the stars are twinkling 
overhead through the clear atmosphere like myriads 
of diamonds set in a lovely blue. Absolute stillness 
and a sense of boundless space and freedom have a 




soothing effect and one dro]>s off to sleep. A hand 
on one's shoulder wakes one to see the Arab bending 
over one. He knows the value of travelling while it 
is cool. It seems to be still night, hut over in the East 
there is just a suspicion of dimness about tlie stara. 
While the camel.'i are being fed and we are rolling up 
our bedding the servant makes some cocoa, which is 



-90 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

very refreshing. One doesn't feel inclined to eat, but 
swallows some biscuit so as to have something to start 
on. By the time everything is ready it is almost light, 
and half-an-hour after the start the sun appears and 
we swear at him as he rises. As I said before, it is the 
middle of summer, so that very soon aft^r the suns 
-jippearance he makes himself felt. Being still low on 
the horizon it glances up off the sand, and seems to get 
under one's helmet; however, it is not yet really hot, 
so we chat away with one another and with the guide. 
We are not likely to come on any camel tracks here, 
but if w^e did he would tell you when the camels passed, 
last night or this morning or the day before yesterday, 
whose camels they were, and the pace they w-ere travel- 
ling. The latter is quite easy. One can very soon 
notice the different patterns made by a camel's feet on 
the sand when w^alking, jogging or trotting out, but it 
always beat me how an Arab could tell the freshness 
of the tracks within an hour, and the way in Avhieh they 
knew the shape of footmark of half the riding camels in 
the Sudan. 

Presently we come upon some pieces of ostrich eggs, 
some of them about five inches across. They are varied 
in colour from mauve to yellow. The Arab tells us 
how long ago there used to be almost yearly rains in 
this desert, so that a certain amount of rough grass grew 
in it, and the ostriches used to breed and feed here, but 
now there is not a blade of grass and the ostriches have 
all gone south. As I said before, we are not riding on 
the ordinary camel track, and we have now got into 
quite the orthodox desert — simply a vast extent of sand. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 91 

Hills are just visible on each side dodging up and down 
in the mirage, but in front there is nothing hardly to be 
seen except a few faint hill-tops. The guide is directing 
his course on one of them. We dip down into a hollow, 
the hill-top is lost to view, and nothing is on the 
horizon to steer by, but half-an-hour afterwards we 
reach the crest of a slope and find that we are marching 
exactly on the same hill-top ; the guide has not swerved 
an atom. About nine o^clock one begins to want 
breakfast, but a halt must not be made for another two 
hours at least. If we were to halt for breakfast we 
should not be ready to start again till almost eleven, and 
then it would be too hot, so we munch a biscuit and 
jog steadily on, while the heat gets steadily worse, the 
glare of the sand seems to burn the eyes and the shim- 
mering of the mirage tires them ; conversation flags, 
and from now till four o'clock in the afternoon one 
exists in a miserable state of hot monotony. Soon after 
eleven it is evident that the camels are feeling the heat, 
so we must halt. As far as we are concerned the halt 
is no rest ; it would be better to be riding through the 
heat of the day instead of sitting still grilling in the sun, 
but we have to consider the camels, and one of the first 
rules in their care is not to work them between eleven 
and three, or better still between ten and four. 

The novice thinks it would be good to take his macloufa 
off the camel to make a nice seat, but it is a mistake to 
sit on it, as it forces the stufling up so that the wood 
panel will bear on the camel and gall him. We put our 
blankets on the sand, and try to while away time till our 
servant produces a hot, repulsive tinned sausage, and 



92 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

some tea, biscuit and jam. It is too hot to talk, but we 
have brought a small strip of canvas, and a few sticks 
with some rope. It seems too small to be of any use, 
but it makes all the difference, so we put it up and He 
under it. The best thing to do is to read a novel. It 
is too hot to sleep, but one tries to, taking good care 
that one's helmet is over one's head. The temperature 
is anything from 110° to 125° in the shade, if there was 
such a thing; slowly the time drags on, till at two 
o'clock we sit up to have some soup and some tinned 
nastiness. At 2.30 we begin loading up and start 
again at three. In an hour's time it appears to be a 
little cooler, and w^e begin to emerge from our comatose 
state and become human beings once more. Conversa- 
tion begins again, and the Arab tells us the names of the 
various hills we are now coming to ; also that, near that 
distant hill just visible, there are moufflon to be found, 
though it is difficult to get near them. They are very 
"feliy, and live a hundred miles from the river in the heart 
of the desert, feeding on " gush," a grassy plant which 
grows here and there in the desert. There are different 
kinds of "gush," but there is one kind which contains 
a lot of moisture, and camels, gazelle, and moufflon, 
when they feed on it, can go without drinking water for 
three months. The " gush " requires little rain ; one 
shower of rain in the year is enough for it. In the 
northern part of the Nubian Desert they get a little 
rain every year, so " gush " grows plentifully in the 
khors. In the southern and western parts, rain, and 
consequently also " gush," is much scarcer. 

Presently we notice that the Arab is looking keenly at 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 93 

something ahead. " What is that ? " he says, pointing 
ahead. We can see nothing, but a desert Arab can see 
as well with his eyes as we can with field-glasses ; eager 
to satisfy his curiosity he makes his camel break into a 
swift trot. He does this without any effort, and it is 
impossible to see or describe how he does it. If we 
want to quicken our pace we have to use the whip and 
drum with our heels, but he glides off instantly with 
apparently no effort. He almost disappears from view, 
and when we come up with him again we find him 
standing in the midst of a number of broken earthen- 
ware water-pitchers. The Arab is as astonished as we 
are. We are well away from the ordinary camel track, 
so he has never seen them before, nor has he heard of 
them. They are quite a different shape to any Egyptian 
or Arab pot. They are exactly the same shape as 
Greek pitchers. Just as this occurs to lis, the Arab 
says, " Those do not belong to this country, they are 
very, very ancient, they belonged to the Greeks." 

The Arabs know all about Alexander's conquest of 
the country, and there are many traces of the Greeks, 
so perhaps this is another. If so, what do these broken 
pitchers mean ? Was there a well here ? Did they 
belong to a force that got lost in the desert ? Ask 
another. 

(In consequence of this discovery some men were 
sent to dig at this place, but did not find water.) 

Again at 7 p.m. we halt for some dinner and to 
feed the camels. While we are waiting for dinner we 
hear the splash of water, and looking round see the 
servant wasting some precious water by washing the 



94 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

plates I This is a most heinous offence. Water in the 
desert is more precious than gold and is only used for 
drinking. The plates can be thoro.ughly cleaned by 
rubbing them in the sand. The same method will, 
unfortunately, not do for cleaning ourselves, and it is 
very uncomfortable having to spend three hot days and 
nights without a wash, and it adds considerably to the 
fatigue. The next day passes in the same way as the 
first, except that instead of cooling about four o'clock, 
it appears to be, if possible, hotter. The air is still and 
oppressive. The setting of the sun makes no difference, 
and wc pour with perspiration. This means that a 
storm is coming. The camels have known it for some 
time, and have tried to stop and even turn round. There 
is nothing visible to betray the coming of the storm, only 
the oppressive heat and the camels- behaviour, but pre- 
sently a black cloud can be seen rising rapidly on the hori- 
zon, and soon a dense yellow wall is seen to be advancing 
in the distance. It is no use trying to go on ; nothing 
would persuade the camels to, nor would even the Arab 
be able to find his way. We rapidly dismount, the 
camels turn their backs to the coming storm, but before 
we have half unloaded it is upon us. A positive wall 
of sand, through which one cannot see six feet, come& 
surging over the desert and strikes one with a rush, 
stinging the face and hands. Now for several hours we 
shall be enveloped in sand. There is no chance of 
dinner, so we bury our heads under a blanket, and with 
this protection manage to eat some biscuits without 
swallowing much sand. Then we lie down to leeward 
of our saddles, wrap ourselves in blankets and go to 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1895- 1899 9f 

sleep. When we awake the storm is practically over ; 
our eyes, noses, and ears are absolutely full of sand, 
also our hair and clothes ; it is caked all over one's skin, 
it is everywhere. We have lost some time, so we must 
shove along to-day. Another day passes in the same 
way, and when we lie down at night w^e are beginning 
to feel pretty weary, but the next day ought to take us 
into Murat fort. 

About ten the next morning one of the camels 
begins to go lame. An examination of his feet shows 
he has not cut them on a stone — it seems to be some- 
where in the thigh ; however, go he must. When the 
mid-day halt is made, the Arab gets a piece of rope round 
the lame camel's hind-foot ; the camel boy holds his 
head while the Arab pulls at the hind-leg with all his 
might. After repeating this performance a few times 
he rubs it well wath '*sem,'' a sort of inferior cooking 
butter, with which one's servant spoils one's food. The 
result of this strange treatment is that the camel 
goes sound. We must keep an eye on the camels now. 
They have been three days without water, and are 
making the peculiar gurgling groan they make when the)^ 
are thirsty. They can smell water a long way off, and if 
we do not watch them, they are quite likely to get up 
like a flash all together and stampede for the wells, which 
are now within about twelve miles. It would be very 
unpleasant for us, fatigued as we are, to have to walk 
the last twelve miles and arrive without any baggage. 
We cut the mid-day halt a bit shorter to-day as we are 
keen to get to the wells. We are longing for a bath and 
a rest. We shall be able to buy a sheep and have fresh 



96 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

meat, also goats' milk, and we can get a native string 
bedstead to lie on and a good tent. The thought of 
these luxuries makes us urge the camels on. We are 
now in the hilly country, riding in a narrow khor, fairiy 
sprinkled with gush, between conical-shaped precipitous 
hills of black and brown rock. The track twists and 
turns, until rounding a comer, we come upon a view 
which rewards us for our long ride. At the end of the 
rocky gorge, about half-a-mile in front, a high stone 
wall connects three or four blockhouses on the rugged 
hills. Walking about below, driving in their flocks, are 
a number of picturesque Arabs, and in the foreground, 
coming to meet us at a spanking trot, is the Arab 
sheikh, accompanied by a few followers. I have already 
described what a perfect picture he makes, and as he 
comes up, he pulls up his camel and swings him round 
without an effort, as he leans over to touch hands. 
Every bit of the natural savage that is in us rejoices at 
our surroundings. Here we are in the heart of the 
desert, one hundred and twenty miles from an English- 
man, in the midst of the bold, free, picturesque Arabs, 
surrounded by desolate yet grand scenery, tinted by the 
setting sun with the pink and mauve hues peculiar to 
Egypt. We feel that existence here must be a struggle, 
and we are exhilarated by the consciousness of our power 
to contend with the desert. 

We rest ourselves and the camels the whole of the 
next day, luxuriating in baths and the other luxuries I 
have named, and in the afternoon of the following day 
we start off on a detour in the desert, to see if there 
is water at one of the places where it is frequently 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 97 

found to have been caught in a rock basin. I will not 
weary the reader with further descriptions, which would 
only be repetition. After two days we return to Murat, 
rest another day, and then start back for Haifa, which 
seems like a metropolis of luxury when we reach it with 
sun-blistered lips and peeling face after our ten days' 
trip in the desert. 



H 



CHAPTER VII 

On the 4th May, 1897, the railway which was being 
constructed to connect the Dongola province with Haifa 
reached its terminus at Kerma, just above the Hannek 
cataract, two hundred and three miles from Haifa. The 
completion of this line enabled the construction of the 
big desert line to forthwith proceed apace. Fifteen 
miles of it had already been laid, but now the wliole of 
the railway battalion came down off the other line, and 
work began on the new one in earnest. 

In the meantime there was practically nothing to 

break the monotony of life on the frontier at Merowd, 

Debbeh, and Korti. On one occasion the Intelligence 

Department had received news that the Dervishes at 

Abu Hamed were going to ride to Gebel Kuror in the 

Nubian Desert, w^here there was a rock water-basin, and 

having watered there, they were going to raid the 

railway. Captain King immediately took his company 

of camel corps out to Gebel Kuror and emptied the 

water out of the rock. It was a curious place to find 

water in. In order to get it they had to climb up a 

small precipice, fill buckets, and let them down with a 

rope. But the Dervishes did not carry out their plan, 

98 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 99 

in fact they probably never intended to. It was, I 
think, in June that the cavahy made a reconnaissance 
part of the way to Abu Hamed in order to collect 
information about the road, cataracts, strength of 
Dervishes at Abu Hamed, etc. They reached Essalamat 
without seeing any Dervishes, and then turned to come 
back. Captaiu Peyton's squadron was doing rear-guard, 
and at midday they halted to water the horses. A 
picket of ten troopers under an Egyptian subaltern 
remained mounted about three hundred yards in rear, 
when suddenly round the corner came half-a-dozen 
Dervish cavalry, who were much surprised to see the 
Egyptians. 

The Dervishes turned round and disappeared round 
the hill with the Egyptian picket in pursuit. When 
they also rounded the hill, they found themselves in 
front of about one hundred Dervish cavalry. They 
pulled up to turn round, but they probably would not 
have escaped if Captain Peyton and the remainder of 
his squadron had not at that moment turned up and 
charged. The nimibers were about equal, so it was 
hammer-and-tongs. Captain Peyton was surrounded 
by four or five Dervishes, but they had tackled a man 
who had won prizes at the military tournament for 
skill at arms, and he speedily despatched three of his 
assailants, but a fourth speared him from behind. He 
managed to keep his saddle, and his trumpeter came to 
his assistance, but he would probably have been killed 
if the remaining squadrons had not at that moment come 
up and put the Dervishes to flight. 

This was the only skirmish which occurred during 



loo SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

this period of waiting, though we managed to stir up 
the friendly Arabs to raid the Dervish cattle, etc. 

At the end of June or beginning of July, the Intelli- 
gence Department got news that the Khalifa had decided 
to send a big force under his trusty general Mahmud to 
occupy that strategic point Metemmeh. This was the 
capital of the Jaalin tribe, and they knew what it meant 
to have a Dervish army billeted on them. It meant the 
robbery of all their property and food. They sent a 
deputation to the Khalifa asking him not to send the 
army there, and they would be responsible for holding 
Metemmeh against the " Turks." The Khalifa was very 
angry with them for making this request, and refused 
to alter his plan, so the Jaalin decided to throw in their 
lot with us and resist Mahmud when he arrived. Two 
sheikhs of the Jaalin came over to Merowi and asked 
for arms, ammunition, and assistance. It was a ticklish 
problem. The whole thing might be a cock-and-bull 
story got up to obtain arms and ammunition, and 
perhaps entrap a small force at Metemmeh. The 
Sirdar decided to send them arms and ammunition, but 
not to go to Metemmeh to help them ; if he did so, he 
would have to take the whole Egyptian army and a 
British brigade, leaving the Dervish garrisons of Abu 
Hamed and Berber on his flank and rear, while it would 
be impossible to run supplies across the Bayuda Desert 
for so big a force. When the British desert column 
crossed in 1884 they were only two thousand five 
hundred strong, and yet there was the greatest diflSculty 
to supply even this small number. 

The Sirdar, therefore, ordered six thousand rifles and 



linch "ea'JaMile^t 

'< , 

/oo/fties 



Otfi 







Omourm/in 



I02 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

a good quantity of ammunition to be sent to them, but 
Mahmud had heard that the Jaalin had sent to us for 
help, and before the rifles reached them he had swooped 
down on Metemmeh. 

His first attack was repulsed, but his second was 
successful, and six thousand Jaalin men, women, and 
children were massacred in the usual Dervish fashion. 
Old women were killed, young ones made prisoners. 
The remnant of the tribe fled to our post at Jakdul 
W ells in the desert, and from tlierc arrived destitute at 
Merowi. 

At the end of July the desert railway had reached a 
point one hundred and fifteen miles from Haifa in 
the middle of the desert. It was now nearer to the 
Dervish force at Abu Hamed than our most advanced 
post on the Nile. The last raised Egyptian battalion 
was stationed at rail-head to protect it, but they had 
only done about six months' drill, so could hardly be 
called seasoned troops. 

The Ababdeh Arabs, with their head-quarters at Murat 
Wells forty miles off, continually patrolled across the 
front of rail-head, about forty miles ahead of it, on the 
look-out for tracks of any Dervishes that might be bent 
on raiding. 

It seemed rather cool cheek making a railway towards 
a place which was still in the hands of the enemy, while 
the construction party of three thousand men depended 
for their water upon a single line of hastily-constructed 
railway. Two or three times they had to go on half 
and quarter rations of water, drawing on the reserve 
which was always kept. On one occasion, when half 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 '©S 

rations of water had twice been issued, there was only 
one tank left for the next issue when the water train 
turned up. The Nile was now rapidly rising, and as 
rail-head would soon be dangerously near Abu Hamed, 
it became imperative to take that place. 

The Ababdeh Arabs under Abd el Azim were ordered 
to make a reconnaissance to ascertain the strength of 
the place. This they did in a very ingenious way, and 
sent in a report that could not have been made better 
even by an officer from the Staff College. They did 
not ride direct on Abu Hamed, but on a small village 
called Abteen, about seven miles below it. As they 
approached from the desert they opened out into a long 
line, and riding rapidly forward, they drove in front of 
them every man they came across, and gradually closing 
in they surrounded the place and enclosed in it all its 
inhabitants, so that no one could get away to give the 
Dervishes warning. They then got hold of the village 
sheikh, and having threatened him with every threat 
imaginable, they got the most complete and, as it turned 
out, the most accurate information of the Dervish 
strength and dispositions. They then watered their 
camels, and in order to avoid pursuit, they took all the 
inhabitants, man, woman, and child, out into the desert 
with them, so that they could not send news to the 
Dervishes. About six miles out they released them all, 
and rode back to Murat Wells. 

They reported that there were about four hundred 
and fifty Dervish riflemen and fifty cavalry in Abu 
Hamed, also about six hundred of the local inhabitants 
armed only with spears and clubs, that they could not 



I04 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896 -1899 

keep a bigger force there on account of the dijQBculty of 
supply, but that they expected to get news of our 
advance, and then they would be reinforced from 
Berber. They intended to fight unless gunboats 
attacked them, but their position was quite open on the 
river side, and untenable against gunboat attack. They 
had made shelter-trenches round the houses w^hich were 
right down on the river and overlooked by low hills, 
which came close to them. They had one gun, and 
their commander was Mohammed Zain, and they 
expected us to come when the Nile was nearly high 
between 15th and 20th August. 

The Sirdar decided to send a small column under 
Major-General Hunter to take the place. In order that 
this column should not find Abu Hamed strengthened 
by reinforcements from Berber, it was essential that its 
departure should be kept a secret as long as possible, 
also that it should start earlier than the Dervishes 
expected, and march rapidly. The country between 
Kassinger, our advance post, and Abu Hamed is terribly 
bad for marching. There is not even a track, and one 
has to climb up and down steep rocky hills. 

In order that the force might move rapidly over this 
country it must be a small one, and as the Dervish 
garrison of Abu Hamed was small, there was no necessity 
to send a large force. The column was therefore about 
two thousand seven hundred strong, consisting of Ninth, 
Tenth, and Eleventh Sudanese Battalions, and the Third 
Egyptian, with one mule battery and twenty-five 
troopers to scout. Colonel MacDonald commanded the 
infantry, and General Hunter was in command of the 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 105 

whole. The date of departure and the composition of the 
force was kept a profound secret to the very last moment ; 
only the Sirdar and Generals Hunter and Rundle knew 
it, so that it caused general surprise when, on the Slst 
July, quite ten or fifteen days before any one expected 
it, the column left Kassinger at short notice. At the 
same time the camel corps and friendly Arabs made a 
demonstration towards Metemmeh as if we intended to 
attack Mahmud. 

Four gunboats were also ordered to try and get to 
Abu Hamed at the same time as the column, though 
it was practically known to be impossible for them to 
get through the cataracts in time. 

The column which left Kassinger had one hundred 
and eighteen miles of bad country in front of it to be 
got over as rapidly as possible, in order to reach Abu 
Hamed before it was reinforced from Berber. 

It was the hottest time of the year, so General 
Hunter did most of the marching by night. Although 
this is no doubt the best thing to do in hot weather, it 
has the drawback of depriving men of their sleep, as 
no one can sleep well in the hot day. The result was, 
that after two or three days' marching, every one had 
the greatest difficulty to keep awake even on the march. 
The ground was execrable and the column had to go 
in single file, while the transport tailed out for miles ; 
nevertheless, the hundred and eighteen miles was accom- 
plished in seven and a half days, that is, at the rate of 
fifteen and a half miles a day, which, considering the 
heat and the country traversed, shows the excellent 
marching power of the " Black" and the Egyptian. 



io6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

By 2 a.m. on the 7th August, General Hunter s force 
was within one and a half miles of Abu Hamed. The 
transport was zeribahed on the river, and the whole 
force lay down for a short rest, having just completed 
sixteen miles. 

About 4 a.m. the force moved off, leaving half of the 
Third Battalion (Egyptian) as escort to the transport in 
a zeriba on the river. 

The Ababdeh Arabs with the General had drawn a 
map of the place in the sand. (This they can do 
excellently.) 

General Hunter decided to attack both along the 
river-bank from the cast and also from the desert. 
About 5 a.m. the force was formed up within about a 
quarter of a mile of Abu Hamed, but from the nature 
of the ground not a sign of either Dervishes or trenches 
could be seen ; the only thing visible was their tall 
observation tower made of spars. The general impres- 
sion was that the place was empty, and Major Kincaid, 
E.E., rode forward to reconnoitre it. As seen from 
the map the ground is peculiar. The desert in the 
neighbourhood has a general and easy slope to the 
river, but when within two hundred yards of the river 
bank drops suddenly, so that Abu Hamed lies at the 
bottom of a sort of crater. Major Kincaid rode to the 
edge of this crater and looked down into the place. 
Not a human being could he sec. About eighty yards 
off him were some trenches which appeared empty, so 
he got out his pocket-book to write a message to the 

General. He wrote, '' There is no enem " Bang 1 

crash ! wh-t ! wht ! wht ! came the bullets past his 



io8 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

ears. A few black heads had popped over the trenches 
eighty yards off, and fired a volley and missed him ! 

Major Kincaid turned about to return with his 
information, but was not in time to stop the General 
and all the Staff also riding to the edge of the crater. 
Bang ! crash ! again this time a larger volley, and at 
only eighty yards* range, but, incredible to relate, not 
one of the group of mounted officers was hit. The 
Staff turned about in double quick time, and the 
General ordered the battery to bombard the place. 
The infantry were drawn up only two hundred yards 
off the trenches, but out of sight. It was expecting 
a good deal of troops to ask them to stand idle within 
two hundred yards of the enemy for half-an-hour while 
the artillery bombarded, so Colonel MacDonald, in order 
to keep them employed, dressed the line on markers 
as if at a review. 

It was curious to see punctilious drill going on within 
a stone's throw of the enemy's unseen trenches. The 
artillery soon found that the nature of the ground 
prevented them from doing more than hit the tops of 
the houses, while the Dervishes were lying perfectly 
quiet, so they changed their position so as to enfilade 
the trenches (see Diagram V.), and came into action 
within one hundred yards of them. 

StiU the Dervishes held their fire, but even now the 
artillery could not depress their guns enough to hit the 
majority of trenches, so General Hunter ordered the 
infantry to assault. 

As soon as our troops reached the edge of the crater 
a roar of musketry broke out from the Dervish trenches, 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 109 

and a hail of bullets was poured at our men, but 
fortunately, as before, most of it went high. Colonel 
MacDonald's intention was to rush the place with the 
bayonet, but without any word of command, first the 
Eleventh and then the other battalions broke into rapid 
independent firing, and no one could advance without 
getting shot by their own side, so there w^ere our troops 
on the sky-line with the enemy shooting at them from 
a trench eighty yards off. In the first few seconds 
four out of the five mounted officers of the Tenth 
Battalion were brought to the ground, two killed and 
two with their horses shot; every man of the colour 
party was either killed or wounded. It was a most 
unpleasant position. Colonel MacDonald immediately 
came out in front swearing at the men and knocking 
up their rifles. The other officers did the same, and in 
a few minutes our firing ceased. 

At the same time the Dervishes began to bolt from 
the trenches into the houses behind, and our troops 
rushed forward to enter the place with them. Then, as 
an officer said, " It was like crowding into the pit of a 
theatre on a Saturday night." There were narrow open- 
ings between the houses, which soon became crammed 
with a struggling mass of Dervishes and our troops, 
and then it was like Donnybrook fair, " wherever you 
see a head hit it." 

The black is a splendid chap at house fighting, and 
they rapidly worked through the place, though it must 
be admitted some of their methods are almost as 
dangerous to friend as to foe. Before entering a house 
they fire several volleys into it (and as it is mud most 
of the bullets come out the other side), then they rush 



no SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

in, and if a Dervish comes for them, they stick their 
bayonet in and at the same time pull the trigger. 
Before turning a corner from one street to another they 
reach their rifle round the corner and pull the trigger 
on chance, regardless of the fact that there may be 
some of their own troops coming up the street. Never- 
theless they are Al at clearing an enemy out of a 
village. In a twinkling they were all over the place, 
on the roofs, through the windows, and in no time had 
worked through the place and formed up beyond, firing 
volleys at the few flying Dervish cavalry, who were the 
only ones to escape. 

The local inhabitants, who had been armed only with 
spears and clubs, made practically no resistance, and were 
all taken prisoners and soon released, but the genuine 
Dervishes refused with few exceptions to surrender, and 
died fighting. One man, who was an excellent shot, 
had hidden in a small house on the river, from which 
he picked off" one after another half-a-dozen men who 
advanced to dislodge him. Colonel MacDonald, hearing 
about it, ordered a gun to be brought up. The gun 
fired several rounds through the house, and then one 
or two men went forward to fiad the bits of the man 
as they expected, but crack went his rifle again and 
another man dropped. The gun now reduced the house 
to ruins, and this time when they went up there was no 
shot fired, but not a trace of the man could be found. 
He had probably slipped into the river. Our casualties 
were about twenty-five killed and fifty-five wounded, 
about eighty in all. It was marvellous that the casualty 
list was not bigger considering the amount of ammunition 
let off* on both sides. It can probably be explained by 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 in 

the fact that the Dervishes were so overwhelmed by our 
fire that they could not aim, and what little aim they 
did take was bad, owing to the well-known difficulty of 
firing up-hill. Two of the best English officers in the 
Sudan were, however, killed, Major Sidney and Lieu- 
tenant Fitzclarence, both in the Tenth Battalion. This 
battalion, by the way, had worse luck than any other 
during the whole campaign, 1896 — 1899. Out of the 
five English officers in the battalion when the Dongola 
Expedition began two were killed, one wounded, one 
died of cholera, one was invalided home, and another, 
who filled one of the vacancies, died of enteric. It 
is true this battalion was in the front line in every 
engagement during the three years, but the Ninth and 
Eleventh Battalions, which had almost as much fighting, 
were very much more lucky. 

The Dervish emir Mohammed Zain was found hiding 
under a bed. When brought up before General Hunter, 
the following conversation took place : — 

General H. Why did you fight ? Didn^t you know 
it was useless ? 

Mohammed Zain. I knew you had only three times 
as many men as I had, and every one of my men is 
worth four of yours; you could not fire till you were 
quite close up, and at that range our rifles were as good 
as yours, and any way I have killed a lot of your men. 

General H. What will Mahmud do now ? Will he 
stay looting and robbing at Metemmeh, or will he come 
down here to attack me ? 

Mohammad Zain. He will be down here in five days' 
time to wipe you out. 



CHAPTER VIII 

The position of General Hunter s small force at Abu 
Hamed was such as to cause a certain amount of 
anxiety. The victualling of the place by camels over 
one hundred and eighteen miles of atrocious country 
was a slow process, and Mahmud with a big force might 
be down any day to find the place without sufficient 
supplies to stand a ten days' siege till the arrival of a 
relieving force, which itself would increase the difficulty 
of supply. 

Gunboats were badly needed both to strengthen the 
garrison and to reconnoitre up the river to find out 
the intentions of the Dervishes, but they were ^still 
struggling in the cataracts. A quantity of supplies 
in boats were being pulled through the cataracts by 
a detachment under Captain Doran, but it was a 
lengthy process, as the cataracts were very difficult, 
and Captain Doran had a tough job in front of him. 
For some time, therefore, no reserve of supplies could 
be piled up at Abu Hamed, and to add to the difficulty, 
a disaster occurred to a big camel convoy that was 
crossing from Korosko to Abu Hamed. It occurred 
in this way. 

112 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 113 

About five hundred new camels had been bought in 
Lower Egypt, and were being brought up the Nile by 
some freshly recruited transport men. When they 
reached Korosko, they were ordered to march across the 
desert to Abu Hamed with supplies for that place. 
Accordingly they started oflF in two convoys. The first, 
consisting of two hundred and fifty camels, was under 
the command of an Egyptian officer. The remaining 
two hundred and fifty started a day later under Lieu- 
tenant Mackay of the transport. The camels were 
Lower Egyptian ones, unaccustomed to the desert and 
to going without water. The men in charge were raw 
recruits, equally unaccustomed to the desert and a short 
water allowance ; the loads were rather heavy, but as if 
this was not enough to contend with, an unusual heat- 
wave came on as soon as they had left Korosko. 
Occasionally, when there has been no wind for some 
time, the desert heats up like an oven, and a breath- 
less stifling heat hangs over it. These heat-waves 
are well known by the Arabs, and they never attempt 
to travel through them. The camels felt the heat 
tremendously, and could not be got to travel at the 
usual rate. Consequently at the end of the third 
day, instead of reaching Murat Wells, the first convoy 
under the Egyptian officer was still a long way from 
that place. 

There was no discipline among the raw recruits, the 
convoy got into disorder, and finally stampeded. One 
Egyptian subaltern succeeded in collecting a few and 
taking them to Gebel Raffat, where there was some rain 
water in the rocks. The Egyptian officer in charge 



114 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

and a few others reached Murat Wells in an exhausted 
state. 

In the meantime Lieutenant Mackay was having the 
same difficulty with his convoy of two hundred and 
fifty. He took four and a half days instead of three to 
reach Murat, but he kept order in his convoy, and 
forced the camels on. His own camel was too exhausted 
to carry him the last sixteen miles, so he had to walk 
that distance without any water ; but he brought all his 
convoy into Murat Wells, though every man and camel 
was absolutely dead beat, and could not have gone five 
miles further. 

The Arabs at Murat Wells went in search of the 
convoy that stampeded, and succeeded in rescuing 
several, but eleven men and two hundred camels were 
either lost or found dead from thirst. As soon as men 
and animals were sufficiently recovered. Lieutenant 
Mackay took them into Abu Hamed without further 
mishap. 

In the meantime the gunboats under Commander 
Keppel, II.N., were having a hard time of it in the 
cataracts. The usual plan was followed of attaching 
ropes on which several hundred men pulled while the 
gunboat put on all steam, but at the first bad place the 
leading gunboat capsized and was wrecked. A side 
current caught it and swung the bows round so that 
the rope came across the deck. The men on the rope, 
in the hope of saving her, pulled all the harder, whereas 
they ought to have let go. 

The result was she capsized in a twinkling ; Lieu- 
tenant Beatty, RN., in command of her, although a 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 115 

good swimmer, was twice sucked under in the eddies, 
but the second time he saw a loose telegraph pole, and 
catching hold of that he managed to stay on the surface 
till he drifted ashore. As the capsized gunboat went 
dashing down the cataract, some men on the bank said 
they thought they heard some knocking inside her, so 
they followed it down until it ran aground, and then 
ripped open the bottom plates, and out crawled the 
engineer and stoker alive and well. This mishap did 
not serve to encourage the other gunboats, but they 
managed to negotiate the place safely, and went on in 
the same fashion pulling and steaming through the next 
hundred miles. One of the reises (native steersmen) 
had a most dangerous habit of leaving the tiller and 
falling on his knees to pray just at the critical moments, 
and Commander Keppel had to instruct him that the 
right time to pray was before and after the critical 
moment and not exactly when it occurred. 

Had only one hundred Dervishes turned up on the 
steep hills overlooking the river they could have caused 
infinite annoyance and delay, but they were probably 
deterred from this by the fact that we held all the wells 
in the Bayuda Desert, and the tribes there were friendly 
to us. 

While General Hunter was waiting at Abu Hamed 
for the gunboats, news reached him that the Dervish 
Emir Zekki, in command at Berber, was evacuating 
that place. 

Confirmation of this news also reached Merowi, but 
of course it was only rumour and not to be relied on. 
However, as soon as the first gunboat reached Abu 



Ii6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

Hamed, General Hunter went on board and proceeded 
up the river. The Ababdeh Arabs about two hundred 
strong, under Ahmet Bey Khalifa, rode along the bank 
mounted on fast camels, so that in the event of meeting 
a big force of Dervishes they could escape. When the 
gunboat was going through the cataract near Umha- 
sheya, about thirty miles from Berber, it struck a rock. 
The nearest pillow and blankets were stuffed into the 
hole to keep the water out. Immediately the accident 
occurred three or four fellows rushed to the place with 
blankets and pillows, but it was observed that each man 
brought somebody else's bedding and not his own. 
This mishap caused some delay, and the Ababdeh Arabs 
got ahead of the gunboat, and approaching Berber 
cautiously, they were told by the natives that the 
Dervishes had left. With some trepidation they rode 
into the place, and found it was evacuated by the 
Dervishes. 

It seemed surprising that the Dervishes should have 
evacuated so important a place as Berber ; but the 
Khalifa probably thought that our main advance was 
going to be on Metemmeh, in the same way that the 
British desert column advanced in 1884, and that we 
had captured Abu Hamed only to protect our flank 
and rear. 

Arguing thus, he would decide that the big struggle 
must be at Metemmeh, and he could not allow Mahmud 
to go to reinforce Berber, or we should take Metenmieh. 
As he could not reinforce Berber it was no good allowing 
the five thousand men there to be destroyed. The 
Atbara was in flood, so gunboats could steam right up 






a 



.1 



111 



< 

41 






4 



< 

« 

t 

V 





SUDAN CAMPAIGN^ 1896— 1899 119 

it, and cut off the escape of the Berber garrison. These 
were probably the reasons which induced the Khalifa to 
order the evacuation of Berber, so that the Sirdar's 
strategy in threatening Metemmeh while he advanced to 
Abu Hamed and Berber was successful. 

When General Hunter reported that Berber was 
evacuated, the Sirdar was confronted with another 
problem. There was a certain amount of difficulty in 
supplying Abu Hamed, which would be considerably 
increased if he advanced one hundred and thirty miles 
further to Berber. The force sent there would have 
to be small ; if the Dervishes came down to it in 
numbers our main body would have to march a long 
way to reinforce the place, and to supply them would 
be difficult. To appreciate the difficulty, let us examine 
the line of communications. From Cairo supplies went 
by rail three hundred and ninety miles to Naghamadi, 
from thence by boat one hundred and forty-five miles 
to Assouan, then four miles by rail round the cataract 
to Shellal, from there two hundred and twenty miles 
by boat to Haifa, then two hundred and three miles 
by rail to Kerma (the other desert line was not yet 
completed), from Kerma one hundred and eighteen 
miles by boat to Kassinger, and from there slowly and 
with difficulty were either pulled through the cataracts, 
or carried by camel to Abu Hamed ; from there to 
Berber, one hundred and thirty miles, boats could sail 
for the next three months, after which the falling Nile 
would cause navigation to be broken at two cataracts 
necessitating two camel portages. From this it is easy 
to understand the urgency and importance of the desert 



I20 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

railway uuder construction from Wady Haifa to Abu 
Hamed. When that was completed, supplies would 
reach the latter place eighteen days earlier than by the 
existing route. Fortunately the railway was forging 
ahead at a tremendous pace. In the month of August 
forty-five miles were completed, bringing the total 
amount laid up to one hundred and sixty miles, that is, 
eighty-five miles from Abu Hamed. There was every 
reason to expect this pace would be kept up, so no 
doubt this materially assisted the Sirdar to decide on 
taking the risk of occupying Berber. 

The occupation was at first of a very slender nature. 
The gunboats took four hundred men up and disem- 
barked tliem on an island opposite Berber, while the 
gunboats moored alongside. 

MacDonald's Brigade soon followed, and on its arrival 
the place was properly occupied. Three more battalions 
left Kassinger for Abu Hamed ; each battalion had to 
pull boats through the cataracts containing two months' 
supplies for themselves. 

As there was a chance of Dervishes raiding down on 
them while they were busy in the cataracts, the orders 
for their departure were kept absolutely secret as long 
as possible, and the battalions had to start on the 
shortest notice. For instance, the Second Battalion, 
commanded by Major Pink, got the order to start at 
10 a.m. one morning, and at 1 p.m. it had moved off, 
having broken up a camp in which it had been some 
months, and drawn supplies and equipment for the 
expedition in front of it. 

Here I must relate an amusing example of the expe- 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 123 

dients that have to be thought of on active service for 
carrying on work with the means at hand. The Sirdar 
happened to visit Kassinger about this time, and 
noticed a number of coils of telegraph-wire which he 
had thought were already forwarded to the front. The 
commandant of the station explained that he had been 
forbidden to send it forward on camels as they were all 
required for carrying food, and that he had only got 
donkeys on which to load the wire. He explained that 
two coils of wire were much too heavy for one donkey, 
and that one coil of wire could not be fastened so as to 
stay on, but always fell off though he had tried every 
means of fastening it on. 

"Oh!" said the Sirdar, "Fll show you how to 
do it : bring me a donkey and a coil of wire." The 
Sirdar then placed the coil of wire on the ground, backed 
the donkey till his hind-feet were inside the coil, then 
lifting up the coil passed it up his hind-legs and along 
his body till it rested on the saddle, and the donkey 
was inside the coil, having been, so to speak, threaded 
through it. There was no chance of the coil falling off 
now, and away the donkey went. 

It must have been an anxious time for the Sirdar 
between the occupation of Berber and the completion of 
the desert railway to Abu Hamed, but he did not have 
to wait long. On the 31st October the railway reached 
that place, so that in less than thi^ee months after the 
capture of Abu Hamed trains were running into it. 
Between the 15 th May and 31st October two hundred 
miles of railway had been constructed, that is at the 
rate of one and one-sixth miles a day, during the hottest 



124 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

time of the yctor, through a previously unmapped and 
waterless desert. The quality of the line was also good, 
and trains carrying two hundred tons of supplies, drawn 
by engines weighing fifty tons without tender, ran 
twenty-five to thirty miles an hour with safety. 

It would perhaps interest some readers if I described 
shortly the organization and working of the railway 
corps while constructing the desert railway. 

I have already told how R.E. subalterns had made 
rough reconnaissance maps on camel-back of the 
desert. These had enabled the general line of the 
railway to be decided on, but more detail survey was 
of course required to supplement this. Accordingly a 
survey camp wna located always six miles in advance 
of rail-head. In this camp were two R.E. subalterns, 
one sapper, and eighteen Egyptians, working with 
theodolite and level, putting in pegs every hundred 
feet to mark the line, while information as to the height 
of the railway bank or cutting at eacli of these pegs 
was sent back to rail-head daily. The survey party was 
supplied with water and rations by camel from rail-head. 
In the event of being attacked they were sufficiently 
strong to be able to force their way back to rail-head 
camp, -six miles distant, as the Dervishes could not 
possibly send more than a raiding party of, at the 
outside, three hundred camelmen. 

The next stage was the construction of the embank- 
ment. By the greatest fortune and by dint of taking 
every care to locate the line so as to conform to the 
ground as far as possible, the embankment required 
was very slight, for long distances it did not exceed one 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 125 

foot in height, occasionally it ran up to two feet, but 
very seldom over that. Thus it was possible for the 
party engaged in constructing the embankment to live 
at rail-head camp — a great convenience for reasons of 
supply. Had it been necessary to locate construction 
parties in the heart of the desert ahead of the railway, 
the question of their supply would have been a difficult 
one. 

The embankment party, about fifteen hundred strong, 
started in the early morning from rail-head camp, taking 
their day's rations and cooking-pots with them. They 
always kept one day's work ahead of the rails, throwing 
up from one and a quarter to one and a half miles of 
embankment daily, returning to camp at sunset. They 
therefore had longer hours, further to march, and harder 
work than any one. 

Behind the bankmakers came the plate-laying party 
laying the rails and sleepers. This party, about one 
thousand strong, was organized exactly like a machine : 
each separate piece of work had a particular gang of 
men always doing that same work, and of such a 
strength that, while keeping up with gangs doing other 
work; it did not work faster than them. A train of 
railway material would ai-rive at rail-head, with rails on 
some trucks, sleepers in others, while the proper com- 
plement of fish-plates and bolts were in boxes on each 
rail-truck. Immediately the train arrived a few men 
jumped into the sleeper trucks and quickly passed them 
out to gangs told off* to carry them to the front of the 
train, where they were laid on the embankment ; other 
men adjusted them at right angles to the line and 



126 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

spaxjed them correctly ; next came gangs carrying rails 
which they placed on the sleepers, while others adjusted 
them so as to butt against each other. While some 
men put on the fish-plates another puts chalk marks 
on the rail to show where it should be spiked. Then 
follow the vspiking parties, each consisting of five men, 
one at each end of the sleeper levering it up to the rail, 
two spiking, one gauging and superintending. Behind 
the spiking parties are three or four men roughly 
straightening the line by levering it with bars ; behind 
them follows up the engine with its train without wait- 
ing for the line to be ballasted, so as to have the rails 
and sleepers as close as possible to the working party. 
Behind the train they are packing earth under the 
sleepers and getting the line correctly graded ; and again 
behind them a few men with bars are straightening it 
truly, then a big party fills in with earth. Ilalf-a-mile 
further back a second lot of straightcners, lifters, and 
fiUers-in are improving the work, while behind all 
come the most skilful platelayers giving the finishing 
touches. 

The whole of the embankment party and the plate- 
laying parties were in one camp at rail-head, under 
the direction of two, sometimes one, R.E. subalterns; 
while for security against attack there was half a 
battalion of the last-raised Egyptian Battalion under 
the command of a British captain, who was in military 
command of the camp. 

Every four or five days the camp would be moved 
forward. Rations and water came daily by rail from 
Haifa. Every twenty miles there was a station, or 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 . 127 

rather just a loop siding to allow trains to pass. Each 
station had a station-master, two pointsmen, and a 
telephone clerk (all native), living in a tent 

Wady Haifa was the base, on the proper organization 
of which the whole progress of the work depended. It 
was divided into separate departments — workshops, 
traffic, buildings, stores and maintenance, each under 
the control of an R.E. subaltern, assisted by native 
officers, while the workshop department had tlie advan- 
tage of the valuable experience of Mr. Saunderson and 
Mr. Adams, who had come from big workshops in 
England. 

The building or works department built workshops 
and stores, engine-pits, etc., sunk wells in the desert, 
and later on put up what bridges were required. 

The workshops put together new engines and trucks, 
patched up old ones, and repaired the running ones. 

The traffic department controlled the passing of 
trains by telephone, the marshalling and allotment of 
trucks, the loading of trains, the teaching of natives 
to become signalmen, pointsmen, station-masters, etc. 

The stores and maintenance department requisitioned 
stores, kept an eye on their passage up the river, stacked 
and stored them in the right places, and at the same 
time controlled and watched the platelaying gangs that 
were always maintaining and improving the line. 

A detachment of R.E. non-commissioned officers and 
men from one of the railway companies were employed 
in the workshops, driving engines and superintending 
the various departments, but the bulk of engine-drivers 
and artisans were of every nationality under the sun. 



CHAPTER IX 

Now at last Khartum began to be within the sphere 
of " practical politics," but first we had to strengthen our 
still precarious hold on Berber. At the end of 
November the Nile for five miles between Neddi and 
Bashtinab, and for fifteen miles between Umhasheyo 
and Geneinetti was impracticable for boats, so the boats 
were distributed on the intervening spaces of good water, 
and camels carried supplies round the cataracts. Owing 
to the length of the river between Abu Hamed and 
Berber, and the necessity of portages, supplies took 
several days in getting from one place to the other, and 
it was not a line of communication suitable for connect- 
ing what was to be eventually the advanced base of a 
big expedition, so the Sirdar decided to at once extend 
the railway to Berber. 

In order to slightly quicken transport, two small 

steamers were brought up from Merowi and placed one 

on each stretch of fair water. One of these steamers was 

the one that was captured from the Dervishes at Hafir 

and sunk by our gunboats dining the bombardment. 

She had been patched up, and did a tremendous lot of 

useful work during the remainder of the expedition. It 

128 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 129 

was considered very doubtful if she bad enough steam 
power to get through the cataracts between Merowi and 
Abu Hamed. Her boiler was about eighteen years old, 
and had not had much attention when she was in the 
hands of the Dervishes. However, Captain Bainbridge 
was told to try and get her through the cataracts. This 
officer had had more experience than any one at pulling 
steamers and boats through cataracts, and was quite an 
expert at it. He had, however, no easy task in getting 
this small steamer through, and it was only by screwing 
the safety-valve down and chancing the boiler bursting 
that he did it. 

On one occasion the boat could make no headway up 
a narrow rapid channel, and for half-an-hour it remained 
absolutely stationary with the engines going full speed 
ahead, during which time it was a toss up whether she 
got up or was dashed down the cataract. Eventually a 
possibility was seen of edging into an easier channel, and 
the boat slowly moved up. 

'Soon after Berber had been properly occupied, the 
gunboats under Commander Keppel, R.N., steamed up to 
bombard Metemmeh. They found the Dervishes quite 
ready for them. Several forts had been built along the 
river-bank, and behind in the desert was the Dervish 
entrenched position. The gunboats bombarded briskly 
all day, keeping close to the east bank, where the Dervish 
guns could hardly reach them, while their own fire was 
just as effective as at shorter range. At night they 
tied up to an island, and early next morning again ran 
up to Metemmeh. It was hardly light, so they expected 
to surprise the forts, but hardly had they fired the first 



I30 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

gun before an answering shell came over their heads; 
As before they lay within about fifty yards of the east 
bank, while the forts were on the west. They had just 
begun to wann to the work, when suddenly from the 
buslies behind, within fifty yards, there w^as a rattle of 
musketry. As an oflicer said at the time, it was a case of 
" front seat behind the funnel for me, please ; " but a 
maxim swung round, and very soon made the bushes too 
hot for their occupants. After bombarding for some 
time the gunboats ran past and went right on to the 
beginning of the Shabluka Cataract, then turned, 
and on their way back again bombarded Metemmeh. 
The gunboats were hit by the Dervish sliell in two or 
three places, but not in any vital part, though one had 
to be towed Imck as her steam-pipe had been cut by 
a shell. 

This was the first of many reconnaissances by the 
gunboats. One gunboat was always on patrol for a w^eek 
at a time, making life unbearable for the Dervishes, so 
that the gunboat fellows had plenty of small sku-mishes, 
and a trip on one of these patrols was eagerly sought 
after. An Egyptian brigade w^as now encamped at the 
junction of the Atbara with the Nile, and set to work to 
build a fort, inside which were built huts for stores and 
men, and everything was done to prepare the place for 
being the advance base of the Khartum Expedition. The 
gunboats made it their head-quarters, and started from 
it on their patrols. 

Before the Eg}'Ytian Brigade had occupied Atbara 
camp, the Dervishes had made two very impudent raids, 
the first behind Berber and within four miles of it. They 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 131 

carried off some cattle and women, and had the good 
fortune to capture the camel post, which happened to be 
passing at the time. Captain King's company of the 
camel corps and the Ababdeh Arabs went in pursuit, 
and pressed them so closely that the Dervishes had to 
leave the cattle and women, and also dropped one mail- 
bag, but kept the remainder and got away. It would 
have been curious if one could have seen the Khalifa 
puzzling over the various letters from home to officers 
at Berber, in which no doubt the Khalifa was not 
referred to in flattering terms. One of the lost letters 
was a very long list of stores required by the railway for 
the Berber extension. It was on its way to the Sirdar, 
who was at Berber. He was delighted when he heard of 
the loss .of this letter. He said, ** Now the Khalifa will 
see the amount of things Tim asked to provide the force 
with. I wonder what he would say if one of his emirs 
sent in a long requisition like that ? he'd probably cut 
his head off." 

Another raid was made by the Dervishes actually on 
to the village straight opposite Berber. The gunboats 
took some troops across, and the Dervishes fled. It was 
to stop these raids that troops were established in forts 
on both banks of the Nile at the Atbara junction. This 
measure proved successful, and only one other raid was 
subsequently made, and then the raiders were mostly 
captured. In order that the villagers might protect 
themselves, they were armed with Kemingtons. They 
were naturally very much on the qui vicCy and inclined 
to fire at any horsemen on the chance of their being 
Dervishes ; the result was, that the day after the arms 



132 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

were issued General Hunter and his Staff, while riding 
from Berber to Atbara, were fired at the whole way. 

I should have mentioned before, that in November 
General Hunter took a small flying column to Adarama, 
the head-quarters of Osman Digna, in the hopes of 
catching that gentleman. Adarama is on the Atbara, 
about forty miles from its mouth, and was Osman 
Digna's favourite residence. Needless to say, that wily 
individual was not at home, but his village was burnt and 
a large quantity of supplies taken. It must have been 
annoying to Osman Digna to find the tables turned, and 
a raid being made on his own house. 

Communication was now open with Suakim, and Major 
Sparkes, commanding the Fourth Battalion at that place, 
rode through to Berber, being the first European to 
travel this way since 1883. The sheikhs of the tribes 
living near this highway came to see the Sirdar at 
Berber, and asked if he would recognize their ancient 
right to levy toll on caravans. Having received an 
answer in the afiirmative, they declared their loyalty to 
the Egyptian Government, and never gave any trouble. 

Lieutenant Manifold, R.E., having brought the 
telegraph to Berber, started to connect that place by 
telegraph with Suakim. Parties were also sent out to 
improve the water supply at wells along the route. 

We must now turn our attention in another direction. 
It will be remembered that the Italians had agreed not 
to evacuate Kassala until such time as we were in a 
position to take it over, provided that we did so within 
a reasonable time. 

Now that we had Berber we were in a position to 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 133 

occupy Ko^sala, and the importance of this place 
immediately becomes evident. Kassala lies at the head 
of the Atbara, down which a force could easily advance 
on Berber. It is the centre of a grain district which 
could supi)ort a large Dervish force, consequently were 
it in the hands of the Dervishes, they could constantly 
threaten Berber, and no advance could be made to 
Khartum while it was possible for a Dervish force to 
come down the Atbara behind us. Had not the Italians 
therefore held on to Kassala, we should have been 
obliged to send a force to take the place from the 
Dervishes. 

As it was, however, the Sixteenth Egyptian Battalion 
and some camel corps took the place over from the 
Italians. Since the Italian defeat at Adua, their Govern- 
ment had prohibited any military operations, conse- 
quently the Dervishes had some posts close to the place. 
As soon as Colonel Parsons arrived at Kassala, he sent a 
force of Arab irregulars, raised by the Italians, to turn 
the Dervishes out of their posts. This they did with 
great dash, and the Dervishes were driven right out of 
the district and retired to Gedaref, a place some way 
further south. A very holy man (whose name I forget), 
who was the sheikh of this district, but had been living 
under our protection at Suakim, was brought back to his 
own place at Kassala, and received with great enthusiasm. 



,(■ 



CHAPTER X 

• 

The position was now changed. Whereas at the 
end of the Dongola Expedition the Sirdar had the 
advantage of operating on interior lines, and could 
threaten either Metemmeh or Berber, now the Khalifa 
was on the inside of the circle, and ought to be able 
to keep our troops marching and countermarching, by 
threatening first Merowi and then Berber. In view of 
the fact that both places were liable to attack, the 
Sirdar had his army about equally divided, and we 
have seen how broken was communication between Abu 
Hamed and Berber, so that troops would take ten 
days to march from one to the other. Consequently 
for one half of the army to reinforce the other would 
require time. The railway could not immediately 
advance, as the material ordered for the extension did 
not begin to arrive till January. It was rather a 
critical position, but the Khalifa did not at first appear 
to realize his advantage, and it looked as if we were 
going to have another long weary spell of uneventful 
waiting. 

An amusing incident occun-ed at Berber which well 

illustrates the "Black's" character. After the Abu 

134 



-H 


il 




ill llLSM^^^B 






Bi''> *• "* 




^^^HB 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 137 

Hamed fight Colonel MacDonald had soundly rated the 
men who began the independent firing without orders. 
Well, one night at Berber, Colonel MacDonald, while 
sleeping as usual in the court-yard round his hut, was 
woke up by a black soldier properly dressed in drill 
order without arms. When asked what he wanted, he 
said, " My battalion is very sorry that you are angry 
with them for firing without orders at Abu Hamed, 
but we know best what to do, we have been fighting 
since we were boys, we know the Dervishes, and we 
know the best way to turn them out of a place, so just 
you leave things to us, and we'll pull you through." 
The "Black" then turned about, and was outside the 
courtyard before Colonel MacDonald recovered from his 
surprise and exploded. 

In January the railway again began to advance, and 
every day now decreased the Khalifa s chance of scoring 
a success. The people at Berber did not believe much 
in the permanency of our occupation, and the sheikh 
was caught sending letters to the Khalifa saying, 
** Now is the time to come and destroy the Turks, they 
have only a few battalions here, and cannot bring any 
more ; Mahmud's army would take the place easily." 

In January news came that the Khalifa was about to 
utilize in a blundering way the advantage of his 
position, and it was reported that Mahmud was going 
to attack Berber and destroy the railway, the insidious 
effect of which the Khalifa had begun to realize. He 
had, of course, never seen a railway, but spies explained 
to him that it was " like a steamer, except that it went 
on wheels on the land, and could not go in the water, 



^ 



/ 






138 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

and every time it came it brought a pile of supplies as 
high as a mountain." 

The Sirdar immediately altered his dispositions, and 
brought all the Egyptian army except one battalion 
and the camel corps from Merowi to Berber. At the 
same time the Fourth Battalion (Egyptian) under Major 
Sparkes marched from Suakim to Berber, accomplishing 
the two hundred and seventy miles in the extra- 
ordinaiily short period of thirteen days, that is, at 
the rate of twenty-one miles a day. The greatest 
distance covered in one day was thirty miles. This 
performance w'as one more proof of the Eg}"ptian's 
wonderful strength and endurance, and was the record 
march in a campaign in which a great many good 
marches were made. An English brigade from Cairo 
was also speedily sent up, and camped at the end of 
the railway. From this point it could march to rein- 
force the Egyptian army at Berber, or if the Khalifa, 
after threatening Berber, sent a force to attack 
Merowi and Korti, then the English brigade could be 
railed back to Haifa, up the other line to Kerma, from 
there by steamers to Merow^i, and reach that place in 
six or seven days, that is to say, at least five or six 
days before the Dervishes could. Had the Khalifa 
continued (as he ought to have) threatening first one 
and then the other, we should probably have been 
obliged to advance and attack them in their fortified 
position at Metemmch, thus further lengthening the 
line of communications, and losing a good many men 
at Metemmeh. 

It was a great treat to see British troops again. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 139 

The brigade consisted of the Cameron Highlanders, 
Seaforth Highlanders, Lincolnshire and Warwickshire 
Regiments, commanded by General Gatacre, who im- 
mediately set himself energetically to work to get the 
brigade in training. 

Just as a prize-fighter requires to go into training for 
a fight, so does a soldier require to for a campaign ; so 
General Gatacre adopted the methods of the trainer, 
i:)lcnty of the best food that could be obtained, early 
rising and lots of marching. He had excellent material 
to work on, and at the end of a short time the brigade 
was as hard and fit as they could be. Two companies 
of the Warwickshire w^re sent to Merowi, as their arrival 
there would be reported with great exaggeration in 
numbers to the Khalifa. 

Another result of keeping the British Brigade back 
at rail-head was, that Malimud never expected to meet 
them when he came down. He had heard of their 
coming up the Nile, but thought they were still some 
way from Berber. 

Now that the force at Berber was increased, it be- 
came necessary to increase the amount of camel trans- 
port, so Beshir Bey, the sheikh of the Bisharin tribe 
in the Nubian Desert, was called upon to produce a 
thousand camels by a certain day. 

Beshir Bey w^as a pretty good scoundrel, and his men 
are the biggest scoundrels unhung. They lived on the 
line of wells connecting Berber with Assouan, and 
previous to this campaign had made a lot of money by 
running ammunition to the Dervishes — in fact, they 
were hand-in-glove with them, as correspondence taken 



I40 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

at Berber proved. They now took over the transport 
work at the portages so as to release the regular 
transport for work at the front. They looted the 
goods they were transporting in the most barefaced 
way, and of course punctuality had no meaning for 
them, and they were as truculent as possible. Captain 
Bainbridge, who was in charge of them, had a worrying 
time of it, and finally he caused quite a sensation 
by putting Beshir Bey in the guard-room. To appre- 
ciate the effect this had on the Arabs, the reader 
must imagine what he would think if the subaltern in 
command of the Guard at the Bank of England were 
to put the Lord Mayor in the guard-room. However, 
it did Beshir Bey a lot of good, though I don't wish to 
insinuate that the same treatment would do the Lord 
Mayor good. 

Although rumours of the Dervish intention to advance 
continued to come in, the time went on without any 
actual movement, and the railway forged ahead, every 
day shortening the line of communications, and bring- 
ing the various parts of our line more into touch. 

The gunboats were busy watching the Dervishes, and 
one day reported that Mahmud had during the night 
crossed the whole of his force to Shendi. They next 
reported that small parties of them were coming down 
the Nile. The Sirdar had an Egyptian brigade in 
Atbara fort, and the remainder of the Egyptian army 
at Berber, and the British Brigade received orders to 
march as quickly as possible to that place. Rail-head 
was now fifty-four miles south of Abu Hamed. General 
Gatacre got the order to march at 1 p.m., just as the 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 141 

brigade was returniDg from a long route march. At 
8 p.m. they entrained and travelled to rail-head. 
Early the next morning they started marching. It was 
now the month of March, and the weather was still 
cool in the mornings and afternoons, but hot at mid- 
day. It was thought that the Dervishes would march 
rapidly down the Nile, so it was necessary for the 
British Brigade to march hard to reach the force at the 
Atbara before the Dervishes did. The value of the 
marching training they had had was now evident ; they 
reached a place four miles north of Berber in four and 
a half days from the time they left rail-head, fifty-four 
miles south of Abu Hamed. Consequently they had 
marched seventy-four miles in four and a half days, 
that is, at the rate of sixteen and a half miles a day. 
On arrival at Berber they were much disappointed to 
hear that the Dervishes had made no further move, 
and after resting a day they marched fourteen miles 
further on to a camp half-way between Berber and 
the Atbara. 

For the next few days the Dervishes made no move, 
and it looked as if they were changing their minds, 
but about the 10 th March the gunboats reported 
that all Mahmud's force was on the move down the 
Nile. Lieutenant Beatty's gunboats had a smart 
skirmish, driving a body of them pfi" an island on which 
they had landed to get food. Major Sitwell was 
wounded in this affair ; the bullet came from the flank 
and scored the flesh all along his back, but just missed 
the backbone by a hair's-breadth. It was supposed that 
the Dervishes were coming straight down the Nile and 



143 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

would attack Atbara fort. As this was au excellent 
position for us to .defend, the Sirdar did not show his 
whole force at the Atbara fort in order to entice them 
to attack it. He bad one Egyptian brigade in the 
fort, and the whole of the remainder of the force were 
concentrated at Kenur, four miles north of the Atbara. 




From this place they could march to the Atbara, and 
take the Dervishes in flank Jis soon as they had given 
themselves away by crossing it and attacking the fort. 

The gunboats continued to send word of the Dervish 
advance, and were daily engaged with them, but one 
day they reported that no Dei-vishes were to !« seen 
anywhere along the bank, and they appeared to have 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 143 

struck eastwards inland. The cavalry were imniediately 
sent to reconnoitre. They searched the country twenty- 
fire miles south of the Atbara without seeing any 
Dervishes, but got news that they had left the Nile at 
Kabati, and were marching across the desert to strike 
the Atbara, and from there go round our flank to 
Berber. It was evident that this was what they were 
doing, so the Sirdar moved his force to Hudi on the 
Atbara, leaving one battalion in the fort at the mouth 
of the Atbara, and one in Berber. The advantage of 
our position now can be seen by a glance at the map. 
If the Dervishes wanted to go round our flank on to 
Berber they would have to make a very long desert 
march without w^ater, impossible for a big force, w^hile 
we could attack them in flank while they were doing it. 
At the same time, we blocked their further advance 
down the Atbara. Small parties of them might ride 
round on camels to raid Berber or the line of com- 
munications behind. To guard against this there was a 
battalion in Berber, and no boats or convoys were 
moving between Geneinetti and the Atbara. Every- 
thing that was required was now at the Atbara fort, 
and was sent from there by camel. Geneinetti and 
also rail-head were too far ofi" for them to raid. 

At the same time there was a certain amount of 
anxiety as long as their whereabouts were unknown. 
The cavalry were continually on the look-out for them, 
and one day reported their arrival on the Atbara. It 
was, of course, supposed they would attack forthwith, 
and the ground round our bivouac was well cleared. 
A brigade was always on outpost duty while the cavalry 



i 



144 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

» 

reconnoitred. Two or three days after their arrival on 
the Atbara, the cavaby came in contact with a body of 
their cavalry coming to reconnoitre us. It was just 
beyond the outposts, who were able to fire at the 
Dervishes. This, together with the reports sent in, 
led to the idea that the Dervishes were coming to 
attack, so the Sirdar formed up the force to receive 
them, but it soon turned out that the Dervish cavalry 
were only trying to reconnoitre us, and were not 
supported by any infantry. This state of affairs went 
on from day to day, Mahmud sitting at Nakhila while 
we were at Hudi daily expecting an attack. Our 
cavalry were very busy keeping touch with the Dervishes 
and constantly skirmishing with them. It was very 
difiicult country for cavalry to work in as it was thickly 
covered with bush, so that most unexpected encounters 
took place. On one occasion the cavalry had completed 
their morning reconnaissance, all patrols had come in 
and reported the country quite clear of the enemy 
for fifteen miles in every direction. Accordingly, they 
began watering and feeding the horses; the English 
officers were squatting on the ground together having 
some lunch, when suddenly their attention was attracted 
by grunts from the Marquis of Tullibardine, whose 
mouth was so full of bread that he could not speak, and 
could only grunt and point with his fork. Looking in 
the direction in which he was pointing they saw a group 
of Dervish horsemen dashing down on them. The 
English officers were in a group by themselves, the 
remainder of the cavalry on the river one hundred yards 
off. Every officer sprang for his horse. Captain Baring, 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 145 

who was nearest to the Dervishes, was so closely pressed 
that while he was in the act of mounting, and before 
he had quite thrown his leg over the saddle, he was 
obliged to shoot the leading Dervish to prevent being 
cut down. As it was, most of the officers would cer- 
tainly have been cut down if it had not been that one 
troop of cavalry was on guard and mounted, andf they 
dashed up to the rescue, and assist<5d the officers to put 
the Dervishes to ffight. 



CHAPTER XI 

As the days went by, and the Dervishes still continued 
inactive, the Sirdar decided on a measure which it was 
hoped would stir them to attack us. The Dervishes 
had left a certain amount of proj^erty and food that 
they could not carry in their forts at Shendi under tha 
charge of those who were unable to march with them. 
The Sirdar directed the Fifteenth Battalion under Major 
Hickman, which had been left at Atbara fort, to proceed 
on the gunboats to Shendi, take the place, destroy the 
forts, and bring back the supplies. This was thoroughly 
accomplished by Major Hickman, and in due time the 
news reached the Dervishes, but still they showed no 
inclination to move, though Osman Digna sent some of 
his men to try and capture Adarama (his own home) 
from the friendly Arabs who w^ere holding it for us. 
These had orders to evacuate the place if attacked, but 
they twice defeated Osman Digna s men. 

The Dervishes were now suffering considerably from 

hunger. Their arrangements for suj)ply were very 

sketchy, and they were now living on dom nuts. The 

nuts that grow on the dom palms have a kernel of hard 

vegetable ivory. When ground into powder it makes 

146 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 147 

bread of a very sustaining nature. Each man was 
issued two nuts a day. It was hardly a fighting man's 
allowance, but still Mahmud was not inclined to assume 
the offensive, and he continued to improve the entrench- 
ments of his position until every man and animal was 
provided with cover. He had learnt now that a much 
bigger force was in front of him than he had expected. 

This unexpected delay on the part of the Dervishes 
was of course very disappointing to our force. The 
British Brigade was exceedingly uncomfortable. They 
had left their camp under the impression that they were 
going to have a fight the next day, and be back in camp 
in forty-eight hours, consequently they had brought prac- 
tically no baggage. The Egyptian army, on the other 
hand, after two years' campaigning, were up to every 
wrinkle, and knew how to combine the utmost mobility 
with the utmost comfort possible under the circum- 
stances. Any battalion could start off at a moment's 
notice with little transport, and yet have everything 
they wanted, and make a comfortable camp with shelter 
from the sun in no time. The British Brigade very 
soon learnt the tricks of the trade, but at present they 
were having a poor time of it. 

It soon became evident that the Dervishes were not 
likely to make a determined attack, and that if left 
alone they would continue in their present position for 
an indefinite time, keeping our force on the qui vive, 
and stopping the numerous preparations which had yet 
to be made. The railway would soon be dangerously 
near to them. It was spurting ahead, and while the 
two forces had been watching one another on the Atbara 



148 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

the railway had advanced thirty-three miles. On one 
occasion three miles were laid in one day. It would 
soon be at Abadieh, and then the new gunboats would 
be run up and put together. But none of this could 
be done if Mahmud occupied his threatening position 
on our flank. Consequently it was evident that the 
Dervish position would have to be attacked. Here 
were eighteen thousand Dervishes, who had obligingly- 
marched some distance to put their heads into the 
lion's mouth ; it would never do for this army to return 
intact to swell the force which we should meet later at 
Khartum. The Sirdar had given them every induce- 
ment to attack him, but as they had declined it was 
now necessary to adopt the more awkward alternative 
of attacking them. Accordingly the Sirdar ordered 
General Hunter to reconnoitre the Dervish position 
and report on it. General Hunter was escorted by the 
whole of the cavalry under Lieut. -Colonel Broad wood 
and a maxim battery. The Dervishes, hearing of their 
approach, were under the impression that the whole of 
our force were coming to attack them, consequently 
they all retired behind their entrenchments, and allowed 
our cavalry to stand on a commanding ridge within six 
hundred yards and take stock of them. The Dervishes 
were adopting their usual tactics of holding their fire 
for short range. They must have been very disap- 
pointed when General Hunter, after noting everything 
he wanted, turned about and retired. After the cavalry 
had proceeded about four miles homewards, they came 
across Bimbashi Butler quietly resting under a tree near 
the river. This officer had left the Nile at DarmaU in 



t 



MAPI 
"cA/e 16 AfU€^9%^ 



Miles fo 






A^a.cic€A, 




zo 



/fas e^M^dc 



ISO SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

order to join the force on the Atbara, and in order to 
save time he had cut across the desert, but had struck 
across at a httle too great an angle, and so had struck 
the Atbara a few miles below the Dervish camp, whereas 
he imagined he was just below our own camp, and 
intended as soon as he was rested to go on up the 
Atljara, in which case he would have ridden straight 
into the Dervishes. The providential meeting with 
our cavalry saved him from an unpleasant experience. 
Geneml Hunter reported the Dervish position to be so 
strong that it was deemed necessary to make another 
reconnaissance, to discover if possible some weak point 
in it. Accordingly General Hunter again proceeded 
with the cavalry and a maxim battery. Again they 
crowned the ridge overlooking the Dervish position, but 
this time the Der\'ish cavalry dashed out from the tianks 
and galloped round to cut oft* our cavalry, while the 
footmen swarmed out like ants. Things looked rather 
ugly. If every one kept cool and behaved all right, 
there was no reason why they should not pull through, 
but a retirement under such circumstances w^as a difficult 
thing to carry out well. Lieut. -Colonel Broad wood, 
ho\vever, made excellent dispositions, and the retirement 
proceeded like a drill. They soon found, however, that 
some Dervish cavalry were drawn up across their line of 
retreat, so Captain Perse's squadron was ordered to cut 
a way through. This was speedily carried out, Captain 
Perse receiving a bullet in the left fore-arm. In the 
meantime the maxims were doing excellent service. In 
fact, there is no doubt that they saved the situation. 
The Dervish cavalry simply couldn't face them. As 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 151 

soon as a body of horsemen were seen to be collecting 
for a charge, the maxims were turned on to them and 
dispersed them. Aft^r a bit the Dervish footmen were 
sliaken off and left behind, and then there was no more 
anxiety, thougli the Dervish cavalry followed for eight 
miles. 

In tlie afternoon of the 7tli April the Anglo-Egyptian 
force left their bivouac. The force consisted of eight 
squadrons of Egyptian cavalry under Lieut. -Colonel 
Broadwood, one company camel corps (Captain King), 
one Britisli brigade of four battalions under Brigadier- 
General Gatacre, three Egyptian brigades commanded 
by General Hunter, while the brigadiers were Lieut. - 
Colonels MacDonald, Maxwell, and Lewis. One English 
maxim battery, two Egyptian maxim batteries, four 
Egyptian mule batteries, and a rocket party under 
Lieutenant Beatty, R.N., — about fourteen thousand all 
told. 

The nature of thii Dervish position was w-ell known 
from General Hunter's reconnaissances. It was more or 
less of an oval resting on the river, honeycombed with 
trenches, and surrounded by a zeriba. It reseml)led Abu 
Hamed on a larger scale, in that it lay at the bottom 
of a kind of crattn*, of which the radius was about six 
hundred yards, so that it would be impossible to open 
fire at a greater range, which was evidently the reason 
which caused the Dervishes to take up sucli a position. 

The force marched in the desert away from the belt 
of trees and undergrowth along the river; about 11 
p.m. a halt was made in order to give the men a short 
sleep. At 2 a.m. th(i march wns resumed, and at sunrise 



152 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

the force topped the low line of hills overlooking the 
Dervish position six hundred yards off. Hardly a 
Dervish could be seen. Here and there a black head 
popped up for a moment only ; our force was formed up 
as shown in the diagram. The British Brigade on the 
left, two Egj^ptian brigades on the right, Lieut. -Colonel 
Lewis's Brigade in support behind the left, as the Dervish 
cavalry appeared to be inclined to threaten that flank. 
At 6.30 a.m. the guns began to bombard, the Dervishes 
all the while remaining quite still and hidden in their 
trenches. It was very curious standing inactive and 
unmolested within six hundred yards of the enemy, 
watching the effect of the artillery fire, just as one 
would a game of football, waiting in suspense for the 
order to advance. After an hour and a half the bom- 
bardment ceased. The infantry were all ready for an 
advance. The British Brigade had the Cameron High- 
landers in line, the other three regiments in column 
behind. This formation had l)een adopted on account 
of the diftictulty that was expected in getting through 
the zeriba. The Cameron Highlanders were to pull 
away the bushes and make gaps through which the 
columns were to rush. The Egyptian Brigades were in 
their usual attack formation. Colonel MacDonald had 
three battalions in front line, one in support. Each 
battalion had four companies in line, two in support. 
Colonel Maxwell had two battalions in front line, two 
in support ; while each battalion had four companies in 
front lino, two in support. Owing to the confonnation 
of the ridge on which our force was drawn up, the left 
of the line was a little further from the Dervish position 










U' 'ft*: 



154 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

than the right, so that the British had further to go. 
About 8.10 the Sirdar ordered the advance, and the 
whole Hne stepped oft*, the artillery pushing to the front 
and keeping up their fire right up to the trenches. 
The Dervishes held their fire till we were within three 
hundred yards. Then a mass of black heads appeared, 
and there was a roar of musketry. It was a terrific 
volley, but fortunately it went high as usual. They 
kept up a very hot fire, but ours was hotter, and in a 
few seconds the Dervishes dared not show their heads 
above the trenches, but put their rifles on the parapet 
and jmlled the trigger without aiming. Our advance 
was steady but rapid. The zeriba was nothing, and the 
whole line was soon in the trenches, from which the 
Dervishes got up and bolted like rabbits. Right 
through about two hundred yards of trenches, pits, 
entanglements, and small palisades the troops worked 
their way, till they stood on the river-bank firing at the 
Dervishes flving to the bush on the other side. When 
working through the trenches the Eleventh Battalion 
under ilajor Jackson found themselves opposite Mah- 
mud's stronghold, guarded by his picked bodyguard. 
The first company, one liundred strong, which advanced 
to take it had ninety men hit, but the company behind 
was close at their heels, and cleared the bodyguard out. 
Though the fighting through the trenches only took 
twenty minutes, it was hot work at dose quarters. 
Some of the Dervishes bolted, firing as they went, 
others lay low in deep pits and fired at point-blank 
range. Capttiin Findlay, who was yards in front of 
his men, was mortally wounded in hand-to-hand fight. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 155 

Major Urquhart of the same regiment was killed, but 
the British showed their usual aptitude for bayonet 
fighting, and most of their casualties occurred before 
they reached the zeriba. Once in they were more than 
a match for the. Dervishes. 

The Egyptian army advanced with great dash, and 
worked through the pits and trenches very quickly. 
All mounted officers were ordered to dismount. General 
Hunter was the only officer in the firing line who 
remained mounted, and riding as he was at the head of 
the division, waving his helmet and shouting encourage- 
ment to the men, it was a miracle that he escaped. As 
soon JUS the position was taken the cavalry attempted to 
pursue, but the dense bush was absolutely impracticable 
for tliem, and they were obliged to give up, but pursuit 
was unnecessary. The Dervishes were entirely broken 
up. They could not go to the Nile, for the gunboats 
were watching it; tliey could only go up the Atbara, 
and then try and strike across the desert to hit the Nile 
higher up. 

The importance of Kassala was now demonstrated, as 
it prevented the fugitives retiring to that grain district 
and reforming there, while the Kassala garrison was for 
a long time busy in hunting them down and captur- 
ing them. As a matter of fact, few ever returned to 
Khartum. Out of seventeen thousand that had been 
present at the fight, about five thousand were killed, 
one thousand taken prisoners, four or five thousand 
more must have perished in fliglit from wounds and 
hunger ; the remainder scattered. Our casualties were 
five hundred an<l seventy killed and wounded, of which 



IS6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1B96— 1899 

the largest proportion to numbers engaged were British, 
their killed and wouuded totalling up to about one 
hundred and fifty. A large number of officers of the 
British Brigade were hit. Major Urquhart, Captain 
Findlay, and second Lieutenant Gore were killed, and 
no less than twenty-one other officers wounded. The 




Egyptian army had five British otficern wounded, but 
of course the peicentage of British officers to Egj^tian 
is very small. 

It was generally considered that the cause of the 
British suffering most was due to their reusing fire at 
the zeriba ; their discipline and coolness was such that 
their advance was absolutely like a drill. They began 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 157 

by volley firing, and changed by order to independent. 
Their shooting was excellent. Not a Dervish could 
live above ground, but the majority of their casualties 
occurred at the zeriba, when they ceased fire and the 
officers came out in front. The cessation of fire and the 
short interval that intervened before they were hand 
to hand was the fatal period, especially for the officers. 
The Eg5rptian army, on the other hand, though their 
shooting was not so good, never ceased firing, and kept 
up a hail of bullets which prevented the Dervishes 
taking aim, so that, though the enemy likewise poured 
out a perfect hailstorm of bullets, yet it was mostly 
misdirected. 

The column formation of the British, which had been 
adopted on account of the difficulty expected at the 
zeriba, no doubt increased their casualties. 

After the firing had ceased some men of the Tenth 
Battalion Sudanese found Mahmud hiding in the case- 
mate in which he had taken shelter during the engage- 
ment. Some men of the Ninth attempted to dispute 
the possession of the prisoner, for whom the Sirdar 
offered a reward of £100, and Mahmud would probably 
have been killed if Captain Franks, R.A., had not come 
up and ordered him to be taken to the Sirdar. Mahmud 
was very truculent when confronted with the Sirdar, 
and when asked why he came to fight against us, he 
said, ** Because I have to obey orders the same as you 
have to." 

General Hunter had offered £100 for Osman Digna, 
but that cur had bolted at the commencement of the 
fight as usual. The Battle of Atbara was the first 



158 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

occasion on which a force of Derv^ishes superior in numbers 
had been turned out of a strongly entrenched position 
at the point of the bayonet. The same thing was done 
at Gemaizeh, but there the Egyptian army was superior 
in numbers, and during the present campaign the Sirdar 
had always contrived to outnumber his enemy ; it was 
satisfactory, therefore, that the Egyptian army obtained 
this opportunity of showing their ability to cope with 
superior numbers in close combat — a fact which was 
doubted by many who did not know them. Of course 
they were assisted by as fine a British brigade as one 
could wish to see, but the fact remains that they were 
still inferior in numbers, and yet behaved exactly as 
they should have done. 

The filth and smell of the Dervish camp was beyond 
description. They had absolutely no sanitary an-ange- 
ment, and now that dead and dying men and mangled 
animals were strewn everywhere, it was altogether a 
fearful place. The small pools of water in the dry bed 
of the Atbara were also polluted, so it was deemed 
advisable that the force should assemble and lie down 
for rest in the clean desert away from the filth ; but it 
was very trying sitting through the heat of the day 
in the glaring sun. Now that the fight was over the 
inevitable reaction set in, and men began to feel the 
fatigue of the marching and fighting; the hot sun 
beating down did not help to lessen the discomfort. 
The march back to the Atbara was a trying experience 
for the wounded. They had to be carried thirty miles 
on stretchers, which was the most comfortable way of 
transporting them under the circumstances. Colonel 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 161 

Lewis's Egyptian Brigade performed this arduous seir- 
ice, again demonstrating the extraordinary strength and 
endurance of the Egyptian . 

Since the population of Berber had expected a Dervish 
victory, and one of their sheikhs had been sending in- 
formation to the enemy, it was deemed advisable that 
they should see Mahmud captive with their own eyes, 
otherwise they would probably not believe it. The 
Sirdar, therefore, ordered Captain Doran to decorate 
the town of Berber, and prepare it for the triumphal 
entry of the troops with Mahmud and the other 
prisoners. 

Captain Doran found it somewhat difficult to carry 
out the order, as flags and bunting are not to be found 
in the Berber shops. The ladies of Berber, however, 
came to his rescue, and offered him all sorts of gay- 
coloured clothing, and in twenty-four hours the place 
was transformed by having gaudy-coloured female 
garments festooned across the streets. The natives 
turned out and lined the streets to see the troops enter, 
and satisfy themselves as to Mahmud's capture, a fact 
which pleased the populace, but not some of the sheikhs. 
These gentlemen, however, came up and offered their 
congratulations to the Sirdar. 



CHAPTER XII 

It may possibly be asked by some why the victory al 
the Atbara was not immediately followed by an advance 
up the Nile. It was, but not in a manner apparent tc 
the ordinary observer. It was not likely that the Sirdar, 
having destroyed the force which had held the imix)rtan1 
strategic point ^letemmeh, would allow the Dervishes tc 
re-occupy that place. In fact, as soon as the Dervishes 
had quitted it, he had ordered the Jaalin to occupy it, 
and now that it was in our possession the Khalifa nc 
longer possessed the power to threaten both Dongola 
and Berber. The whole country up to the Shabluka 
Cataract was now ours, but it was not in the least bil 
necessary to send any of the aimy one hundred miles 
up to Aletemmeh, and thereby increase the difficulty 
of supply. With the Jaalin at Metemmeh and Colonel 
Wingate's spies, we should get ample notice if the 
Khalifa was about to send another force to attempt the 
capture of that place, and with our steamers wc could 
put a force there before he could. As regards an im- 
mediate advance on Khartum itself, the Sirdar kne^ 
full well that though the force he had destroyed contained 

some of the Khalifa's best troops, yet three times theii 

162 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 "63 

number of his picked troops still remained, who would 
be in no way demoralized by Mahmud's defeat. An 
advance now would have to be carried out without the 
all-important gunboats, and even if successful, without 
the gunboats it would be impossible to follow up the 
success by a rapid swoop up both the Niles. The Sirdar 
knew that the right time to advance on Khartum was at 
high Nile if the full fruits of victor}^ were to be reaped, 
and subsequent events proved him right. 

It was then the general opinion that a vote of thanks 
and a handsome testimonial ought to be presented to 
Mahmud for having provided some excitement and 
entertainment for a couple of months, which would 
otherwise have been spent in monotonous waiting. 

It was now the middle of April, so that we knew we 

had only about three and a half months more to wait 

before the advance, but they would be hot months. The 

troops returned to their previous quarters, the Eg}^tian 

battalions to the Atbara fort, where they resumed the 

work of building store huts and hospitals, and otherwise 

preparing it as our future base ; the Sudanese brigades 

returned to Berber, and the British to Darmali, where 

they proceeded to make themselves as comfortable as 

possible, and everything was done to keep the troops in 

health during the ensuing hot weather. A small theatre 

was rigged up, where smoking concerts were held. A 

race meeting was got up, also sports, and every week 

one of the steamers took some men on board and took 

them for a trip down the Nile. Route marching was 

carried out in the early morning. In this manner the 

troops kept in health, and though, of course, the doctors 



i64 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

had their hands pretty full, still when the time came for 
the brigade to take the field again, they turned out as 
fit as they could be. At the end of April the railway 
reached Abadieh, and in a week the place was transformed. 
What had been a bare waste of sand by the bank of the 
Nile, with hardly a man in sight, became in a few days 
a veritable dockyard humming with busy workers. 
Three new gunboats were brought up in sections by rail 
and were launched. Temporary workshops sprang up. 
Three Egyptian battalions came to work at the place, 
and built themselves huts in a few days. Captain 
Hobbs, who was in charge of all the sailing-boats, had 
collected them here for repairs, and boats, sails, and 
masts were lying all along the shore in every stage 
of repair, while Captain Hobbs, accompanied by a 
red- headed Egyptian, whom he called his Director of 
Stores, walked up and down hastening the progress of 
the work. 

Major Gordon, RE., and ]Mr. Bond of the Naval 
Engineers were superintending the construction of the 
gunboats. The sections were riveted together, and the 
boilers and machinery then put in, and the superstructure 
built up. When completed they looked very formidable, 
as the upper deck was a considerable height above the 
water, completely protected by steel plates against rifle- 
fire, with loopholes for musketry and maxims. They 
carried two six-pounder quick-firers, one small howitzer, 
and four maxims. They were also provided with an 
electric search-Ught. Unfortunately their powers of 
steaming did not equal their looks, and though every- 
thing possible to improve it was done, they always 




»0 

I 






ft. ^ «>S ^-o 



1(^ « 




i66 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

rt'raained mucli slower tliaii the other gunboats, and were 
almost useless for tlie important duty of towing troops. 
Some wag nicknamed them the "Gordon Greyhounds," ■ 
though their defective steaming had nothing to do with 
Major Gordon. At the same time as tlie gunboats were 
being built, eight steel double-deck troop barges were 
brought up in sections by rail and put together in like 




manner. In the meanwhile the railway was pushing on, 
and at tlic cml of June reached Atbara fort, which was 
to be its teiTuinus till Khartum was taken. 

lietwcen March 189G and June 1898, live hundred 
and fifty miles of railway had been constructed. The 
work had proceeded steadily and uninterruptedly in 
spite of tlie heat, tlie difficulty of training natives to 
the work, and the lack of water in a huge unmapped. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896- 1899 169 

desert, the other end of which was held by the enemy, 
and in which the construction party lived for six months 
at the risk of being cut off from water, and so dying of 
thirst and liable to attacks from the Dervishes. The 
immense distance of Wady Haifa from the sea must also 
be taken into consideration, and the number of trans- 
shipments necessary to get the railway materials and 
stores to Wady Haifa. No amount of speed in laying 
the materials would be of any use if the constant supply 
of material was not kept up, so that Colonel Maxwell 
commanding at Haifa, Captain Pedley at Assouan, Major 
Gordon at Cairo, and the other officers and non-commis- 
sioned officers on the line of communications, were all 
parts of the continuous working railway machine. While 
for the battalions of the ai-my there were often periods 
of rest (irksome, no doubt, but still rest), for the officers 
and men of the railway there was none. It was one long, 
steady, hard grind for two and a quarter years, through 
the hottest weather, on indifferent food, through a barren 
and desolate country. They had, however, the satisfac- 
tion of knowing that, with the Sii-dar to plan and 
Lieutenant Girouard to organize and direct, their energy 
was expended in the most useful and remunerative 
way. 

As soon as the railway reached the Atbara, supplies were 
poured into that place ; two trains, bringing about three 
hundred and fifty to four hundred tons between them, 
arrived daily. It was trying work for the European 
engine-drivers. Their turns for driving came frequently, 
and driving an engine in the Sudan in hot weather is 
terribly trying for u white man, but during the whole 



1^) SLOAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

time of railway construction, the engine-drivers stuck to 
their work in the most admirahle way, though some 
fluccumbed. With a hot furnace in front of him, a 
foot-plate so hot that it could hardly be stood on, a 
hot 3U11 above, every part of the engine too hot to 
touch, and the glare of the desert in his eyes, the lot 




of an engine-driver was not a pleasiuit one, iind it was 
little wonder if they occasionally lust theii- tempers with 
Egyptian station-masters. The Egyptian made a capital 
station-master when he had learnt his work, but some of 
his ways are very exasperating to a white man, and it 
was not an uncommon tiling to see the engine-driver 
leave liis engine and chase the station-master into the 
desert. One engine-driver had a standing feud with 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 171 

one of the station-masters, and his arrival and departure 
at this station was always accomplished amid a shower of 
missiles to and from the engine, until it finished up by 
the engine-driver firing a revolver at the stntion-master 
as he entered and left the station. 

About the middle of July, the Fifteenth and First 
Egyptian Battalions left Atbara and proceeded up both 
banks of the Nile, cutting wood and stacking it on the 
banks ready for the use of the steamers. Under cover of 
the Jaalin at Met^mmeh, the telegraph was pushed for- 
ward. Sergeant Dennett, R.E., who was in charge of 
the party, in his zeal to get the telegraph well forward, 
pushed on beyond Me temmeh, and telegraphed back that 
he had seen Dervish cavalry. lie was still proceeding 
to work ahead but was ordered to stop. 

As the Nile was now fiiirly higli. Captains Bun- 
bury, Bainbridge, Oldficld, and Borton were ordered 
to brin<? the four steamers on the Dono^ola reach of 
the river through the cataracts to Abu Ilamed and 
then up to Atbara. One of the four steamers was 
the ill-fiited Tc6, which had been WTCcked last year 
in tlie cataract. She had been righted and repaired, 
and as she had been wrecked two years running her 
name was changed to Hafir, in the hope tliat her luck 
would change. 

Tw^o out of the three battalions at Merowi and Debbeh 
were ordered up to the Atbara, bringing w^tli them 
through the cataracts a number of sailing-boats, so 
that by the beginning of August the whole flotilla 
was assembled at the Atbara, consisting of ten gun- 
boats, five unanned steamers, eight troop barges, and 



172 SUDAN CAAfPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

a quantity of sailing-boats, probably three or four 
hundred. 

The pile of supplies at the Atbara was now enormous 
and was daily increasing, but would soon be complete. 
The Sirdar had decided to have enough supplies at or 
south of the Atbara to last the force till the end of 
October. 



CHAPTER XIII 

With the railway complete to the Atbara and supplies 
piled up there, the flotilla of steamers and sailing-boats 
also collected at the Atbara, and the Nile nearly high, 
nothing more was wanted to complete the preparation 
for an advance on Khartum. The Sirdar had decided 
that the force in the field must be increased by four 
battalions of infantry, one regiment of cavalry, one field 
battery, one battery of the new five-inch Howitzers, two 
forty-pounders, one company of engineers, and A.S.O. 
and R.A.M.C. in proportion. To meet this demand the 
following troops had been collected in Cairo, and were 
now awaiting orders to proceed to the front : — 

Twenty-first Lancers. 

Thirty-second Field Battery Royal Artillery. 

Thirty-seventh Howitzer Battery Royal Artilliery. 

Two forty-pounders Royal Artillery. 

Second Company Royal Engineers. 

First Battalion Grenadier Guards. 

Second Battalion Rifle Brigade. 

First Battalion Fifth Fusiliers. 

Lancashire Fusiliers. 

Remount Depot. 

The infantry were to be brigaded together, and called 

173 



174 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

the Second Brigade, under Colonel Lyttelton. The First 
Brigade, which had fought at the Atbara, was now com- 
manded by Colonel Wauchope, as Major-GeneralGatacre 
had been appointed divisional commander. 

It will be interesting to examine the line of communi- 
cations for the Khartum Expedition, along which these 
reinforcements had now to be sent. From Cairo by 
rail to Assouan five hundred and thirty-five miles (thirty- 
six hours), from Assouan to Haifa two hundred and 
twenty miles in barges towed by steamers (four days), 
from Haifa to Atbara l)y rail three hundred and eighty- 
five miles (thirty-six hours), that is to say, from Cairo to 
Atbara seven days, sometimes eight or even nine. 

Every one who took part in the campaign was struck 
with admiration of the Sirdar's genius and perseverance 
in having thought out and made such a perfect line of 
communications through such difficult and inhospitable 
country. Every one looked upon Khartum as already 
ours. There we^re probably a few hundred men in the 
British ami}' capable of carrying out what remained to 
be done to capture Khartum, but we are fortunate if 
we possess more than a handful who could have carried 
out the operations of the last two yeai's, and made 
preparations for the final coup so successfully and with 
such little loss of men, money, and time. 

It was arranored that the reinforcements in Cairo 
should leave by half battalions, squadrons, and batteries 
at a time, each one dav behind the other. The first to 
leave were, I think, half a battalion of the Rifle Brigade, 
who left Cairo on the 27th July. All the stores and sup- 
plies for these troops had preceded them to the front. 




1 

] 



/ 



I 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896- 1899 i75 

While the reinforcements are steadily travelling up 
we will return to the front to narrate the events taking 
place there. 

On -the 3rd August the First and Second Egyptian 
Brigades, under Lieutenant-Colonel Maxwell and Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel MacDonald, left Berber, and on the 4th 
embarked at the Atbara on barges, boats, and steamers. 
There were four steamers, each towing two double- 
deck troop barges and two sailing-boats. The inability 
of the new gunboats to tow barges against the high 
Nile current had made it impossible to spare more 
steamers for this duty, so that the men were literally 
packed on board. No one except the Sirdar believed 
that that number of men could by any means be got 
into the boats supplied. One officer reported to the 
Sirdar that he had been ordered to put three hundred 
and fifty men on to a barge, that he had managed to 
put on two hundred and eighty but could not see how 
to put any more on. 

** Oh, I think you can,'* said the Sirdar ; " come back 
and let me know when you have done it,'' and somehow 
or other it was done, and the two brigades were all 
stowed away. As one officer remarked, "When they 
get to the other end it will be like unpacking a new ])ox 
of biscuits, they'll have to pull the middle man out with 
a jerk before any of the others can move." 

As the steamers moved off, with the water almost 
level with the gunwales of the barges, many prophesied 
that they would not reach their destination, but they 
did. The British troops subsequently had exactly 
double the room that had been allowed to the Egj^tian, 



176 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

but they considered themselves crowded, and with reason. 
It was, however, the beat way of getting to the front 
rapidly. Under cover of the two Egyptian brigades 
supplies were now pushed forward in boats, and a dep6t 
was formed on Nasri Island, a few miles below the 
Shabluka Cataract, and only about sixty miles from 



1 " 



Khartum. The Eg3^tian brigades were disembarked 
at Wad Habeshi on the west bank, two or three miles 
below Shabluka Cataract, but the disembarkation was 
hardly complete before the Nile made a sudden rise 
which flooded the site of the camp, but was at the same 
time too shallow to allow of boats coming close to dry 
land, so the troops had to be re-embarked as quickly as 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 177 

possible aud taken on a short distance to a more suitable 
site at Wad Hamed. This caused a delay of about 
thirty-six hours, the meaning of which could not be 
communicated to Atbara, so that there was considerable 
anxiety there at the non-return of the steamers. When 
they did return the Sirdar went oflF in one of the smaller 
steamers that were towing supplies. 

Lieutenant Gorringe, R.E., who had throughout the 
campaign acted as D.A.A.G. (B), had his hands full ar- 
ranging and telling off steamers and boats for troops and 
supplies, so that the right kind and quantity of stores and 
supplies should be at the right place at the right time. 
But everything went without a hitch as usual. The 
First British Brigade was the next to go up to Wad 
Habeshi, so that now there was a steady stream of 
troops from Cairo to Wad Habeshi, one thousand two 
hundred and fifty-five miles. On the 21st August 
the last of the reinforcements reached Atbara. The 
Lancers marched from Atbara to Wad Habeshi, and 
a very trying march it was for them, as the high 
Nile had flooded up the khors, necessitating very long 
detours. This regiment, however, was simply bursting 
with keenness. They had never been on service before, 
and they meant business. They didn't mean to return 
to Cairo without having a thundering good slap at 
the Dervishes. Every private was as keen as he 
could be, and prepared to ride any nimiber of horn's if 
he could only get his lance into a Dervish. They had 
an unusual big average of years of service, and were all 
as hard as nails, in fact, as some one remarked, " Those 
men are regular Thrusters." In the meantime, the 

N 



178 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

camel corps, under Major Tudway, had marched across 
the Bayuda Desert to Metemmeh and on to Wad 
Hamed. 

In this way a force of about twenty- three thousand 
men, which on the 27th July had been strung out 
between Cairo and the Atbara, was on the 23rd August 
at Wad Hamed and at a camp about ten miles further 
on, a distance of one thousand two hundred and sixty 
miles from Cairo. The only mishap had been the wreck 
of the flagship, with Commander Keppel and General 
Bundle on board. This gunboat had been so strained 
by towing heavy barges that the joints of her plates 
suddenly opened, and before she could reach the bank 
she sank, but no lives were lost. The Shabluka Cataract, 
through which the flotilla now had to pass, is a most ex- 
traordinary place. The Nile, which at Khartum is about 
one mile wide, narrows down in running through the 
Shabluka defile to a width of about two hundred and 
fifty yards, in some places only one hundred and fifty 
yards. Steep hills of black rock rise straight up out 
of the river, and between these the water races and 
swirls along in and out, turning right-angle corners, 
so that navigation is extremely difficult. The scenery 
is grand, as the bold ruggedness of the rocky hills 
is here and there relieved by a patch of palm trees 
and vegetation between the cliffs and the river. It 
was this defile which had prevented the gunboats 
from running up and shelling Khartum during the pre- 
vious months. The Dervishes had built very cunning 
forts on the water's edge, and as the width of the stream 
would have necessitated the gunboats coming within 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896^-1899 179 

one hundred yards of them, they could not have passed 
them. These forts, however, would become untenable 
as soon as we crowned the hills overlooking them, and 
were therefore now evacuated, as the Dervishes had 
decided to make their stand at Omdurman and not at 
the Shabluka, as was at one time expected. 

A reconnaissance by the cavalry and gunboats having 
ascertained that the whole of the Shabluka Pass (twenty 
miles) was clear of the enemy, both on the water's edge 
and on the hills above, the boats were sent forward with 
supplies to make a dep6t at Gebel Royan, an island 
near the southern end of the cataract, while the Egyptian 
army moved forward and camped on the bank opposite. 
Gebel Royan, being within forty miles of Omdurman, 
was to be the last dep6t, and an hospital was established 
here. It was at this place that the force was for the 
first time camped all together. It was composed as 
follows : — 

BRITISH TROOPS. 

Twenty-first Lancers, commanded by Colonel Martin. 
Thirty-second Field Battery R. A., commanded by Major Williams. 
Thirty-seventh Howitzer Battery, commanded by Major Elmslie. 
Two forty-pounders, commanded by Lieutenant Weymouth. 
Second Company R.E., commanded by Major Arkwright. 
One Maxim Battery. 

Infantry Division, com3ianded by Major-General Gatacre. 

First Brigade {Colonel Waucfiope), 

First Battalion Cameron Highlanders (Colonel Money). 
First Battalion Seaforth Highlanders (Colonel Murray). 
First Battalion Royal Warwickshire Regiment (Lieutenant- 
Colonel Forbes). 
First Battalion Lincolnshire Regiment (Colonel Yerner). 



i8o SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

^Second Brigade (Colonel Lt/ttelton,) 

Fii*st Battalion Gi'enadier Guai-ds (Colonel Hatton). 

Second Battalion Rifle Brigade (Colonel Howard). 

First Battalion Fifth Fusiliers (Lieutenant-Colonel Money). 

Second Battalion Lancashire Fusiliers (Lieutenant-Colonel Colling- 

wood). 
R.A.M.C. in proportion under Surgeon-General Taylor as P.M.O. 
A.S.C. and O.S.C. in proportion. 

EGYPTIAN TROOPS. 

Eight Squadrons of Cavalry under Lieutenant-Colonel Broadwood. 
One Horse Artillery Battery and four mule Batteries under 

Colonel Long. 
Camel Corps under Major Tudway. 

Infantry Division, commanded by Major-General Hunter. 

Fh*3t Brigade (Lieutenant-Colonel MacDon<dd). 

Ninth Sudanese (Major Walter). 
Tenth Sudanese (Major Xason). 
Eleventh Sudanese (^lajor Jackson). 
Second Egyptian (Major Pink). 

Second Brigade (Lieutenant-Colonel Mavwell), 

Twelfth Sudanese (Lieutenant-Colonel Townsend). 
Thirteenth Sudanese (Lieutenant-Colonel Smith-Dorien). 
Fourteenth Sudanese (Major Shekleton). 
Eighth Egyptian (Colussi Bey). 

TJiird Brigade (Lieutenant-Cohnel Lewis), 

Third Egyptian (Lieutenant-Colonel Sillem). 
Fourth Egyptian (Major Sparkes). 
Seventh Egyptian (Fathy Bey). 
Fifteenth Egyptian (Major Hickman). 

Forirth Brigade (Lieutenant-Colonel Collinson). 

First Egyptian (Captain Doran). 
Sixteenth Egyptian (Major Bunbury). 
Seventeenth Egyptian (1) 
Eighteenth Egyptian (Captain Matchett). 
Ten gunboats under Commander Keppel, R.N. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 181 

It was a splendid force, in excellent condition, well fed, 
equipped and clothed, bursting with keenness, and with 
absolutely unbounded confidence in the skill and ability 
of their commander, Sir Herbert Kitchener. 

The weather now was not as hot as usual at this time 
of year, although of course it was very hot. Every 
night there was a sand-storm, sometimes accompanied 
by rain and thunder. Practically nothing had been 
seen so far of the Dervishes. Our cavalry only had 
seen their scouts retiring before them and lighting up 
signal fires, which were repeated all the way to Omdur- 
man. When the British division were making a zeriba 
at their camp opposite Gebel Eoyan, a single Dervish 
horseman galloped up, threw his spear into the zeriba, 
and galloped away. 

On the 28 th August the Egyptian army left the 
Gebel Eoyan camp and marched on ten miles, the 
British division following in the afternoon. The next 
day a most violent sand-storm was raging all day, it was 
impossible to see ten yards ahead. The force remained 
halted while supplies came up, the steamers going back 
and towing up the sailing-boats. The cavalry went out 
and reconnoitred. I must say I do not envy the lot of 
a cavalry soldier on the march. He is the first to leave 
the camp and the last to return to it, and then he must 
see to his horse before he thinks of himself. Apparently 
he never sleeps or eats. 

The next day the force moved off all together. The 
cavalry spread out in a screen on the front and flank. 
The infantry marched on a broad front of three brigades, 
each in the formation selected by its commander. Most 



i8o SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

Second Brigade {Colatid LffiteU&ii,) 

Fii*st Battalion Gi*enadier Guards (Colonel Hatton). 

Second Battalion Eifle Brigade (Colonel Howard). 

First Battalion Fifth Fusiliers (Lieutenant-Colonel Money). 

Second Battalion Lancashire Fusiliers (Lieutenant-Colonel Colling- 

wood). 
R.A.M.C. in proportion under Surgeon-General Taylor as P.M.O. 
A.S.C. and O.S.C. in proportion. 

EGYPTIAN TROOPS. 

Eight Squadrons of Cavalry under Lieutenant-Colonel Broad wood. 
One Horse Artillery Battery and four mule Batteries under 

Colonel Long. 
Camel Corps under Major Tudway. 

Infantry Division, commanded by Major-General Hunter. 

First Brigade (LietUenant-Colond MacDmiald), 

Ninth Sudanese (Major Walter). 
Tenth Sudanese (Major Nason). 
Eleventh Sudanese (Major Jackson). 
Second Egyptian (Major Pink). 

Second Brigade (Lieutenant-Colonel Maxwell), 

Twelfth Sudanese (Lieutenant-Colonel Townsend). 
Thirteenth Sudanese (Lieutenant-Colonel Smith-Dorien). 
Fourteenth Sudanese (Major Shekleton). 
Eighth Egyptian (Colussi Bey). 

TJdrd Brigade (LietUenant-Colonel Leicis), 

Third Egyptian (Lieutenant-Colonel Sillem). 
Fourth Egyptian (Major Sparkes). 
Seventh Egyptian (Fathy Bey). 
Fifteenth Egyptian (Major Hickman). 

Fourth Bngade (Lieutenant-ColoTiel ColUnson), 

First Egyptian (Captain Doran). 
Sixteenth Egyptian (Major Bunbury). 
Seventeenth Egyptian (]) 
Eighteenth Egyptian (Captain Matchett). 
Ten gunboats under Commander Keppel, R.N. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 181 

It was a splendid force, in excellent condition, well fed, 
equipped and clothed, bursting with keenness, and with 
absolutely unbounded confidence in the skill and ability 
of their commander, Sir Herbert Kitchener. 

The weather now was not as hot as usual at this time 
of yeai*, although of course it was very hot. Every 
night there was a sand-storm, sometimes accompanied 
b)" rain and thunder. Practically nothing had been 
seen so far of the Dervishes. Our cavalry only had 
seen their scouts retiring before them and lighting up 
signal fires, which were repeated all the way to Omdur- 
man. When the British division were making a zeriba 
at their camp opposite Gebel Eoyan, a single Dervish 
horseman galloped up, threw his spear into the zeriba, 
and galloped away. 

On the 28 th August the Egyptian army left the 
Gebel Royan camp and marched on ten miles, the 
British division following in the afternoon. The next 
day a most violent sand-storm w^as raging all day, it was 
impossible to see ten yards ahead. The force remained 
halted while supplies came up, the steamers going back 
and towing up the sailing-boats. The cavalry went out 
and reconnoitred. I must say I do not envy the lot of 
a cavalry soldier on the march. He is the first to leave 
the camp and the last to return to it, and then he must 
see to his horse before he thinks of himself Apparently 
he never sleeps or eats. 

The next day the force moved off all together. The 
cavalry spread out in a screen on the front and flank. 
The infantry ntarched on a broad front of three brigades, 
each in the formation selected by its commander. Most 



i82 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

generally three battalions in front line in half battalion 
column, and one battalion in support in company 
column. A British brigade was next the river, with 
the other British brigade behind them ; on the right of 
the British two Egyptian brigades, one behind the 
other, and on their right two more Egyptian brigades. 
The batteries marched each with its brigade. The 
transport, under Lieutenant-Colonel Kitchener, its 
energetic director, marched between the British and 
the Egyptian forces. As already explained, the discipline 
of the transport was perfect. They loaded up and 
assembled from the various parts of the camp in no 
time, and then marched like a well-drilled regiment. 
Their loads were put on in the manner most convenient 
to the camel. The saddles were in first-rate order, and 
the animals properly fed and looked after, so that very 
few fell out. In this way the comfort of the force was 
secured by the arrival of their baggage at the same time 
as the troops, the importance of which cannot be over- 
estimated when marching long hours in hot weather. 
In fact, the whole war machine was now so perfect 
that everything went like clockwork, and the ordinary 
discomfort of active service was far less than in the 
preceding stages of the campaign. The usual hour 
for starting was 5 a.m., and we kept mai-ching with 
occasional short halts till 2 p.m., and were generally 
settled down in camp by 4 p.m. The cavalry always 
reconnoitred four or five miles ahead, and remained out 
until the bivouac was finished and the troops were in 
position. 

Practically no tents were carried, so it did not take 



MAP Trnr 

I I i 



7o 



OMDUKMA 




WA» MAMC 



/,^0yayt. 



HUjA^d, 



h^t^dyStf^, 



i84 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

long to settle down. We now bivouacked in a hollow 
oblong formed of battalions in double company column, 
and a zeriba was made all round. In this way we had 
arrived on the 31st August within about eight miles of 
Kerreri Ridge, that is to say, within about fifteen or 
sixteen of Omdunnan. 

We had all along expected to find the Dervishes 
drawn up on Kerreri Ridge, and while we were settling 
down in bivouac the cavalry were pushing on to 
reconnoitre it, supported by gunboats. We soon heard 
the gunboats firing, and heard later that there were 
Dervishes at Kerreri, and the Lancers, thirsting for a 
fight, had succeeded in having a small brush with them, 
but the Dervish force there was apparently a small one. 



CHAPTER XIV 

On the 1st September we moved oflF with the expect- 
ation of having to assault the Kerreri Ridge. There 
had been a good deal of rain in the night, which, though 
it gave us a soaking, had the effect of cooling the air, 
and the first part of the march was quite pleasantly 
cool, but the heat which comes on a few hours after 
rain is always by far the most trying. Kerreri Ridge 
came nearer and nearer without any signs of the enemy, 
and it soon became apparent that it was unoccupied. 
Every one was now eager to crown the ridge, as I 
think most people like myself thought that we should 
then see Omdurman below us about two miles further 
on. The men were all keen to see over the other side, 
and though keeping their formation they regularl)'- raced 
up the ridge. 

It was rather a disappointment to find that we could 

not yet see Omdurman, though the big white dome of 

the Malidi's tomb was just visible about eight miles off. 

We got a grand view, however, of the Nile, with the 

gunboats steaming up to bombard Omdurman, while 

on our right front we could see our cavalry about to 

work round to the west of the town to reconnoitre it. 

i8s 



i86 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

Below on the river-bank, about a mile off and on rising 
ground, could be seen the village of Egaiga, offering us 
a most excellent position. The Sirdar moved the force 
down to it, and we began to bivouac and prepare a 
meal. While we were engaged we heard the gun- 
boats and howitzers opening fire on Omdurman. The 
howitzer battery was disembarked on Tuti Island after 
that island and the east bank of the Nile had been 
cleared of the few Dervishes on them by the friendly 
Jaalin tribe, under Major Stuart-Wortley, assisted by 
the gunboats. 

It was most satisfactory to hear the first shell burst 
in Omdurman, after all the months (for some the years) 
of looking forward to this day. 

The gunboats were replied to by several forts con- 
structed on the river-bank, but the shooting of the 
gunboats was too good for the forts, and one after 
another their guns were dismounted by our shells pass- 
ing through the embrasures. The gunboats had their 
usual luck in not being hit by shell. It only required 
one to send a gunboat to the bottom, but though the 
shells hit and damaged their superstructure their hulls 
and machinery were never hit. 

In the meantime the cavalry (the Egyptian squadrons 
under Lieutenant-Colonel Broadwood, the Lancers under 
Colonel Martin) had got within a mile of Omdurman, 
and were rewarded by a splendid sight. The Dervish 
army issued from the town, and moving wdth the utmost 
precision and rapidity in formed and disciplined bodies, 
were soon formed up in one long line five miles in 
length. To see this line brandishing their spears, firing 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 187 

off their rifles, and shouting to Allah was a splendid 
sight. Having indulged in these antics they all advanced, 
their cavalry spurring out to follow up our cavalrj^ who 
were steadily retiring, having sent in word to the Sirdar 
that the Dervish army was advancing. The Sirdar gave 
the troops as much time as possible to have a meal, but 
there was no time for any cooking before we formed up 
as shown in Diagram VIL, and waited for the Dervishes, 
who were hidden from view behind some hilly ground 
about two miles on our left front. It was now about 
3 p.m., and excessively hot. It was not the time we 
should have chosen for a fight, as the force had been 
marching since 5 a.m., but they had quite enough go 
left in them. 

The Dervish force after advancing about a mile had 
halted, while their cavalry tried to get through ours 
and observe the dispositions of our infantry. This led 
to some very pretty sparring, in which our cavaby com- 
pletely prevented theirs from gaining any information. 

About 5 p.m. the Sirdar altered our position and 
placed us as shown in Diagram VIII. , at the same 
time ordering us either to make a zeriba, or, where the 
ground was soft, to make a small shelter-trench. We 
were now allowed to pile arms, lie down in position, and 
prepare a meaL From now on we remained prepared 
for attack, the men lying down in the ranks, and only 
a certain number at a time being allowed to fetch water 
or leave the ranks. As soon as it was dark the cavalry 
came inside the infantry, while gunboats enfiladed the 
front and rear of our position. It was thought that 
the Dervishes meant to make a night attack, and this 



1 88 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

report was confirmed b)' spies, who said they were now 
bivouacked in the desert about four miles off, and that 
they intended to march round us during the night, and 
attack from the rear. A night attack was the Dervishes' 
only chance of success. Had they attacked at night 
wth the same determination wdth which they subse- 
quently attacked in the daytime, it is most probable that 
they would have reached our lines, and a hand-to-hand 
fight ensued. Owing to the darkness, we could not 
have fired with any effect until they were within two 
hundred yards, and that distance would not have given 
sufficient time to destro)^ their overwhelming numbers. 
I heard this opinion expressed by many men that 
evening who knew what they were talking about. 

The Sirdar emplo5"ed a ruse to dissuade the Dervishes 
from a night attack. He sent spies, who were to 
profess themselves deserters from us, and inform the 
Khalifa that ire were going to make a night attack on 
the Dervishes. We all, of course, lay down that night 
fully dressed and armed, and officers as well as men 
took it in turn to keep awake and on the alert. 
Every one had the utmost confidence that victory would 
be ours in the course of the next day or two, but as 
one did one's turn of sentry-go that night one's mind 
natundly reviewed the momentous issues which were 
now hanging in the scale. Here we were one thousand 
three hundred miles from the nearest reinforcement 
at Cairo, about to assault the stronghold of the fanatical 
savagery of the Sudan. Our goal was invested with 
the glamour of romance from being the death-place of 
a national hero, and a goal to reach which several lives 



192 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

the foot of Gebel Surgam now opened a tremendous 
fire, heedless of the fact that the range was two 
thousand seven hundred yards, so that hardly a bullet 
fell in the zeriba. Our artillery, how^ever, was firing 
splendidly, and one could see the bursting shells making 
gaps in their masses. The Dervishes on our left front 
were apparently waiting for their left to get right round 
us, when they evidently intended to rush simultaneously 
upon us. They reckoned, however, without Colonel 
Broad wood. That officer was giving the Dervish left 
plenty of employment, and was handling his chivalry 
and camel coi-ps so as to delay them, draw them off, 
and prevent them attacking simultaneously. Finding 
they were suffering from our artillery the Dervishes soon 
got tired of waiting for their left to get round, and the 
remainder advanced to attack with a great shouting. It 
was a splendid sight. A huge amphitheatre, lit up by 
a blazing sun, in w^hich a mass of fearless men, clad in 
gay-coloured jibbahs, waving countless flags, and follow- 
ing reckless horsemen, w^ere rushing forward wath 
absolute confidence of victory and absolute contempt 
of death. On they came, firing as they ran, and their 
bullets now began to whiz round us. Their attack was 
being launched mainly on the First British and Second 
Egyptian Brigades. Our artillery were firing as fast as 
they could load, and when the enemy had got within 
nine hundred yards the First British and Second Egyp- 
tian Brigades opened fire. The fire discipUne of the 
British throughout the action was a treat to w^atch ; 
exactly as on parade they changed from volley-firing to 
independent and back to voUey-fiiing as might be 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 191 

had reserved their fire so long that they had not had 
time to kill us before we reached them. The Khalifa 
therefore had decided to come out in the open, to begin 
firing at long range, and trust to the bravery, fanaticism, 
and numbers of his men to overpower us with a rush. 

As soon as the Sirdar heard the Dervishes were 
advancing, he ordered us back to the splendid position 
we had just vacated. Spare ammunition was placed 
close behind the troops, three gunboats were drawn 
up enfilading the front face, three more enfilading the 
rear face. The others were bombarding Omdurman, 
thereby detaining about five thousand Dervishes in that 
place. About 6.15 a.m. we heard the shouts of the 
advancing horde, and presently they could be seen 
coming from Gebel Surgam and moving across our front. 
The Egyptian cavalry, camel corps, and horse artillery 
could be seen retiring steadily before them, also moving 
across our front and retii'ing northwards so as not to 
mask our fire. The 21st Lancers, who had gone out 
along the river-bank, were similarly retiring, and now 
came into the zeriba. The Dervishes moved with extra- 
ordinary rapidity, shouting songs to Allah, and soon 
the head of the long line of flags had reached the 
Kerreri range of hills. Our artillery now (6.50 a.m.) 
opened fire. A mass of Dervishes came into view over 
the rising ground running out from the foot of Gebel 
Surgam, so that they formed a huge crescent which 
was rapidly extending and curling round its horns, 
while an apparently inexhaustible supply of flags and 
black humanity issuing from behind Gebel Surgam kept 
the line of the crescent unbroken. The Dervishes at 



• r 



194 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

ordered, coolly and without any hurry. Their shooting 
too was admirable ; they began knocking them over at 
nine hundred yards, and within three hundred nothing 
could live. The Egj^tian troops were as steady, but 
they cannot shoot so well. Although the Dervishes 
were falling in hundreds their advance seemed at first 
to be unchecked; numbers dropped, but others were 
rushing on, and coming nearer and nearer, till it almost 
seemed as if they would reach us; but within three 
hundred yards of the British and within two hundred 
of the Egyptian Brigade scarcely a Dervish could hve. 
A few miraculously escaped till within fifty yards or so 
and then dropped. One or two daring horsemen calmly 
stood within one hundred yards, imploring their men to 
come on. The buUet-s must have been whistling past 
them in hundreds, but for a few minutes they seemed 
to have a charmed life. It could not last, however, and 
they soon bit the ground. The rush was checked, but 
only temporarily. There was a fold in the ground 
about four hundred yards from us, and here they took 
cover and kept up a pretty good fire, and it was at 
this time that the British sustained the bulk of their 
casualties. The Sirdai* had some close shaves. He and 
his Staff*, being mounted, were rather prominent marks. 
One staff officer got a bullet through his shoulder-strap, 
General Rundle*s horse was wounded, two gallopers had 
their horses shot, so it was evident the enemy were 
firing at the Staff". Now and again the enemy would 
try to rush forward from their cover, always with the 
same result. 

In the meantime the cavalry and camel corps 









(^ rli \ 




196 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

main attack on the zeriba. The other ten thousand 
so of the Dervish left made a show of attacking thi 
rear force of our position ; but by this time the attaci 
oil our left front had been beaten back, the attack 01 
our rear was not pushed home with the same vigour 
in fact, our infantry on that face did not open fire, ano 
the artillery alone were able to force them to tak* 
shelter in the hills, whence they occasionally fired a 
few shells at us with a fair amount of accuracy. The 
32nd Field Battery was meanwhile searching the 
ground ou our left front with shrapnel in the most 
excellent manner, and finally the Dervishes concealed 
in the folds of the ground there suddenly fled to the 
shelter of Gcbel Surgam, the infantry and maxims 
doing tremendous execution on them as they ran. At 
8.15 a.m. the attack had thus been thoroughly defeated, 
and the Dervishes having retired were now in two 
large groups^the larger under the Khalifa out of sight 
behind Gebel Surgam, the other out of sight in and 
behind Kerreri Hills, while about ten thousand having 
followed Colonel Broadwood some miles northwards 
had turned back to join the Kerreri group. Colonel 
Broadwood followed on the heels of these ten thousand 
as soon as they turned southwards. 

The moment had now come for us to assume the 
offensive. The Dervishes had left Omdurman and come 
into the open, and the Sirdar was determined they 
shoiUd stay there, and not return to Omdurman to make 
a stubborn house-to-house fight. He therefore deter- 
mined to march to Omdiu-man as quickly as possible, 
and ordered the force to issue from the zeriba and move 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN^ 1896— 1899 195 

appeared to be in difficulties on Kerreri Hills. 
Colonel Broad wood had achieved his object in prevent- 
ing about twenty thousand Dervishes attacking simul- 
taneously with the others, but now that he w^as on the 
hills the camel corps began to get into difficulties. 
The camel is fast on the plain, but put him on a rocky 
hill and he is the most awkward animal alive. The 
Dervishes instantly perceiving the difficulties of the 
camel corps, and moving wdth great rapidity, seemed 
to have every chance of cutting them off; the horse 
artillery supporting the camel corps remained in their 
position so long, that they had to limber up to retire 
within a few yards of the Dervishes, who with one 
volley killed seven horses in one team, so that gun had 
to be abandoned. Lieutenant-Colonel Broadwood was 
on the point of charging to the assistance of the camel 
corps. It would have been disastrous to charge twenty 
thousand Dervishes with eight hundred cavalry, but it 
looked as if it would have to be done. The Sirdar, 
however, had seen the sta,te of affairs, and had sent 
Lieutenant Roberts to order Major Gordon's gunboat to 
go to their assistance. The gunboat arrived in the nick 
of time, and w^as able to pour in a deadly fire on the 
Dervishes at close range, while the artillery on the 
south side of the zeriba was also able to hit them. 
This gave the camel corps a respite, and by excellent 
management they extricated themselves and retired into 
the zeriba. About ten thousand of the Dervish left 
now tried to cut off Colonel Broadwood and his cavalry. 
He played with them, and kept leading them further 
and further north, thereby preventing them joining the 



196 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

main attack on the zeriba. The other ten thousand or 
so of the Dervish left made a show of attacking the 
rear force of our position ; but by this time the attack 
on our left front had been beaten back, the attack on 
our rear was not pushed home with the same vigour, 
in fact, our infantry on that face did not open fire, and 
the artillery alone were able to force them to take 
shelter in the hills, whence they occasionally fired a 
few shells at us with a fair amount of accuracy. The 
32nd Field Battery was meanwhile searching the 
ground on our left front with shrapnel in the most 
excellent manner, and finally the Dervishes concealed 
in the folds of the ground there suddenly fled to the 
shelter of Gebel Surgam, the infantry and maxims 
doing tremendous execution on them as they ran. At 
8.15 a.m. the attack had thus been thoroughly defeated, 
and the Dervishes having retired w^ere now in two 
large groups — the larger under the Khalifa out of sight 
behind Gebel Surgam, the other out of sight in and 
behind Kerreri Hills, while about ten thousand having 
followed Colonel Broadwood some miles northwards 
had turned back to join the Kerreri group. Colonel 
Broadwood followed on the heels of these ten thousand 
as soon as they turned southwards. 

The moment had now come for us to assume the 
offensive. The Dervishes had left Omdurman and come 
into the open, and the Sirdar was determined they 
should stay there, and not return to Omdurman to make 
a stubborn house-to-house fight. He therefore deter- 
mined to march to Omdurman as quickly as possible, 
and ordered the force to issue from the zeriba and move 



I 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 197 

to the south in echelon of brigades from the left. The 
probable reason of this formation was that we should 
have in our rear the large unbroken body of Dervishes 
on the Kerreri Hills, and they might at any moment 
fall on the rear, in which case the echelon formation 
would make it easy to repulse them, while at the same 
time it w^as suited to repel a flank attack. The large 
body of Dervishes under the Khalifa, who were hidden 
behind Gebel Surgam, were supposed by most people, 
I think, to have fled towards Omdurman, and I do not 
think their presence there was known, consequently we 
were about to execute a flank march in close proximity 
to the enemy, while a large body of them were also in 
our rear. It w^as a manceuvre which would require some 
skill to carry out. MacDonald's Brigade, which was to 
be the outside one of the echelon, had of course, in order 
to reach its proper position in the echelon, to march about 
a mile diagonally into the desert, while of course each 
brigade except the pivot one had also to swing out some 
diatfince, and with a big force of six brigades it would 
reRiire some little time before the formation of the 
echelon was complete, and the force could move off; 
bift the Sirdar was determined at all costs to get to 
Omdurman before the defeated Dei'vishes could rally 
there, consequently he allowed very little time for the 
force to get into echelon, and ordered the British 
brigades, who were the pivot, to move oft* while the 
brigades in rear struggled to make up their distance as 
besllfithey could. MacDonald's Brigade being the outside 
one, and having the furthest to go, was thus left quite 
a niilB behind the remainder of the force. The camel 



198 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

cori)s kept in rear of MacDonald's Brigade, watching 
the Dervishes on Kerreri Hills, while Collinson's Brigade 
marched along the river escorting the transport. The 
wounded were put into boats and guarded by the gun- 
boats. The Egyptian cavalry were out of sight on the 
other side of Kerreri Hills, but were marching up to 
bring up the rear of the force, and help the camel corps 
keep an eye on the Dervishes on Kerreri Hills, and give 
notice of their movements. The 21st Lancers preceded 
the infantry, reconnoitring the ground towards Omdur- 
man, but the extent of their front did not enable them 
to discover and give notice of the Khalifa's force behind 
Gebel Surgam. An incident occurred when the force 
began to leave the zeriba. A group of war correspond- 
ents rode out to see what amount of Dervishes had 
fallen in the attack. They had not gone far before a 
wounded Baggara sprang up and came for them with 
his spear. The correspondents all fired at him, but with- 
out effect, and scattered in all directions. Lieutenant 
Smythe, seeing what was going on, rode up, and interpos- 
ing himself between the Baggara and the infidel he had 
selected to slay, fired at the charging Arab. He hit 
him but failed to stop him, and the Arab thrust his 
spear through the front of Smythe's coat and into his 
arm, but before he could make another thrust Smythe 
blew his brains out. For thus saving the War Corre- 
spondent he was awarded the V.C. 

To return to the progress of the battle : the Lancers 
were trotting ahead with scouts in front and on the 
flank, when suddenly the scouts came upon a khor which 
only became visible at a distance of a few yards, and 



y,)>^^S^^iCiA-*-^^S^i 




sl^-Sj'S"? 



200 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

was filled with Dervishes, who opened fire. Had the 
Lancers attempted to retire they must all have been shot 
down. Without a second's hesitation Colonel Martin 
gave the order to wheel into line and charge. It was 
an awkward place for cavalry ; tha descent into the khor 
was steep, there was a serried array of Dervishes waiting 
in it, and the bank on the other side was equally steep. 
It required a good horse to negotiate it, and any one 
that fell was literally cut to pieces. The Lancers had 
been longing for a rough-iind-tumble, and, by Jove, they 
had got it with a vengeance. A hail of bullets swept 
over them as they dashed at the khor, and then it was 
every man for himself The mass of Dervishes stopped 
the impetus of the charge, and each man had to cut his 
way through at the walk, scramble up the other side, 
and form up beyond. Lieutenant GrenfelFs horse 
pecked and fell, throwing him into the Dervishes never 
to rise again. When his body was afterwards recovered 
a spear was found to have penetrated the back of his 
watch and stopped the hands at 8.22 a.m. Second 
Lieutenant Nesliam got a bullet through his right 
fore-arm, a cut on the right shoulder, and as his sword- 
arm fell powerless to his side they pulled away his 
sword ; another man cut his left fore-arm to the bone 
so that his reins dropped, another cut his helmet off his 
head and slashed his right thigh, another had seized 
his horse's head, but Nesham had shot him just before 
his arm was disabled, and he now dug his spurs into 
his horse once more. It made a great plunge and took 
him clear ; as he went they aimed more blows at him, 
which cut his saddlery in five places and wounded his 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 201 

horse, but he got away and is now recovering from his 
wounds. Lieutenant Molyneux and Captain Kenna 
after charging through returned again into the melee, 
and by making gallant rescues earned the V.C. Private 
Byrne also earned the V.C. ; though wounded and dis- 
armed he refused to leave a dismounted officer, and 
kept his assailants at bay by knocking them over wdth his 
horse till help arrived. As he was so engaged he was 

heard to ejaculate, " the he's broken my pipe." 

The loss of the short pipe which he was smoking at the 
time enraored him far more than his wounds. Out of three 
hundred and twenty men and horses who went into 
the charge, sixty men and one hundred and nineteen 
horses were killed or wounded. After riding through, 
the Lancers formed up on the other side, and dismounting, 
opened fire with their carbines, and so finally cleared 
the Dervishes off the ground and forced them to retire. 
They thus came successfully out of a contest with 
about two thousand of the enemy. Several people 
at home want<3d to know how it was the Lancers did 
not discover the Dervish ambush sooner, but the khor 
or nullah in which the Dervishes were hidden could 
not be seen by an observer fifty yards distant, who 
would imagine an unbroken plain was stretching out 
in front of him. It was, therefore, a perfect place for 
an ambush. 

After the force had left the zeriba about two miles 
behind, heavy firing was heard in the rear, and the 
Sirdar was informed tliat MacDonald's Brigade, separated 
by about a mile from the rest of the force (the cause has 
been already explained), was being attacked by a very 



202 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896- 1899 

large body of Dervishes coming from behind Gebel 
Surgam. The position of the force at this moment is 
shown in Diagram X. The Sirdar immediately ordered 
a movement which, if successful, would mean the cutting 
in two of the Dervish force, the surrounding on three 
sides of one-half, and on two sides of the other half, 
while the whole lot would be debarred from retreating 
to Omdurman, and would only have the desert to fly to ; 
but while the movement was being carried out, that is 
to say, for about half-an-hour or more, it would be 
necessary for MacDonald's Brigade to sustain the attack 
of the whole Dervish army attacking in front and rear. 
The orders given by the Sirdar were that Colonel 
Wauchope's British Brigade was to immediately hurry 
to MacDonald's assistance. All other brigades were to 
march to their right. This would in time cause Lewis's 
Brigfule to catch the attacking Dervishes in flank. 
Maxwell's Brigade would capture Gebel Surgam, and 
descending the other side of it come on to the flank and 
rear of the Khalifa's force, while the Second British 
Brigade, doubling round on the outside of our line, would 
be still more in the Dervish rear and absolutely cut oflf 
their retreat. The '^amel corps were helping MacDonald, 
delaying as long as possible the attack of Ali Wad 
Helu's men from Kerreri Hills who were threatening 
MacDonald's rear. The Egyptian cavalry by hovering 
near these men also delayed their attack. It was 
evident that at this moment everything depended 
on MacDonald's Brigade. If they were overpowered 
Lewis's and CoUinson's Brigades would also be caught 
unsupported and similarly overwhelmed. We will now 



\ 









s-^ 



^sia: 



as \ 



/ / 




.\\' 






204 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

therefore follow the fortunes of MacDonald's Brigade 
from the moment that it left the zeriba. 

As already explained, this brigade had to march dia- 
gonally into, the desert to take up its place on the 
extreme flank of the echelon, and in so doing found 
itself being left further and further behind. After 
marching about a mile, this brigade, being more in the 
desert than the remainder, came into sight of the 
Khalifa's force behind Gebel Sui'gam, which was hidden 
from the remainder, but owing to the distance, and the 
folds of the ground, the Dervishes appeared at first to 
be there in small numbers, and it was supposed that they 
were the rear of the retreating Dervishes. Colonel 
MacDonald, however, slightly changed the direction of 
his march to the right, in order to march direct on them, 
and not expose his flank to them. At the same time, he 
sent to Colonel Lewis, whose brigade was rapidly getting 
out of sight, to say what he was doing, and ask him to 
assist by clearing out the few Dervishes who were on 
Gebel Surgam, and so take the ones behind it in flank 
while he was taking them in front. Colonel MacDonald 
had no option in attacking, as, had he attempted to 
follow the force to Omdurman, his flank would have 
passed \\ithin a few hundred yards of the Dervishes. 
Colonel Lewis had just received peremptory orders to 
hurry up and make up his distance, so not thinking 
the Dervishes were in large numbers behind Gebel 
Surgam, he sent back to Colonel MacDonald to say his 
orders forbade him complying with his request. Colonel 
MacDonald had, therefore, to fight his way through the 
Khalifa's force by himself. As the brigade advanced, it 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 205 

soon became evident that it was the main body of the 
Dervishes confronting them, and that far from retreating, 
they were marshalling for an attack, no doubt thinking the 
brigade was an easy prey. It must also be remembered 
that Ali Wad Helu*s force of about twenty thousand men 
was in the Kerreri Hills behind, but at this moment they 
were keeping concealed, and not showing any signs of 
coming on. When MacDonald's brigade arrived within 
seven hundred yards of the enemy the Dervishes opened 
a pretty hot fire. MacDonald halted to deploy, his in- 
tention being to advance another two hundred yards. 
In order to deploy, he ordered the Ninth Battalion 
(Sudanese), which was leading, to deploy into line, the 
mule battery and maxims to come up on their left, the 
Tenth Battalion (Sudanese) to come up on their left, the 
Second Egyptian again on their left, and the Eleventh 
Sudanese on the extreme left, each battalion to have 
four companies in front line, two in support. His inten- 
tion was, when the deployment was complete, to advance 
two hundred yards before opening fire ; but the guns, 
when they got the order to come up, thought they were 
required to come into action, and promptly did so. The 
Dervish fire meanwhile was getting pretty hot, and they 
had started to advance, whereupon the Ninth Battalion 
became very excited, and could with difficulty be re- 
strained from charging forward. Without any orders 
they opened independent firing. Each battalion as it 
came up, hearing the firing on its right, thought the 
order had been given to open independent fire, and did 
so. The Ninth Battalion w^ere now almost out of hand. 
If they broke line and rushed forward into the mass of 



2o6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

dervishes in front the game would be up. Our game was 
to keep them at bay by our fire until we had killed so 
many that we could charge the remainder. There were 
about twenty thousand Dervishes, all the Khalifa's picked 
troops with the Khalifa himself commanding. Colonel 
MacDonald, seeing how the brigade was getting out of 
hand, rode out in front, and riding down in front of the 
line, knocked up their rifles and shouted to them to cease 
fire. The battalion officers and non-commissioned officers 
did the same, and after a few minutes, in which Colonel 
MacDonald galloped up and down in front of the line, 
they all ceased fire and ordered arms. Colonel MacDonald 
kept them standing quite still while he harangued them 
for a couple of minutes in no measured terms. It w^as 
very unpleasant for them standing still in the open 
under a hot fire without being able to reply to it, but 
it had the effect of getting them thoroughly in hand, 
and from that time on they worked like a machine. 
The Dervishes took advantage of the cessation of fire, 
and pushed forward to within about four hundred yards, 
from whence their riflemen poured in a heavy but fright- 
fully ill-aimed fire. Colonel MacDonald now ordered firing 
to recommence by company volleys. After a few minutes 
the Dervishes launched their attack. With a great 
yelling they rose up and rushed forward, headed by 
about two hundred mounted emirs, galloping as hard 
as theii' horses could lay legs to the ground. Colonel 
MacDonald ordered independent firing to commence. 
The guns fired case shot, and every rifle and maxim fired 
as fast as they could load. It was a stirring moment. 
It must have been a terrific fire for the Dervishes to 



1 

< 



I 



Km 

N 

Kit 

H 

H 
fill 



< 



2o8 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

face. So rapid was our fire, that above the sound of the 
explosions could be heard the swish of our bullets going 
through the air just like the swish of water. It literally 
swept away the line of charging Dervishes. One or tw^o 
horsemen got within one hundred yards, and it really 
looked as if they would reach us. The leading emir was 
hit twice, one could see him reel in his saddle, but he 
still came on at full gallop, and was just lifting his spear 
when he fell within forty yards of our line, exactly as if 
he had been knocked off by the branch of a tree. The 
Dervishes behind, seeing the slaughter of the ones in 
front, stopped and lay down about four hundred yards off, 
whence they kept up a pretty hot fire. At this moment 
the movements ordered by the Sirdar began to take 
effect. Lewis's Brigade, although still some way from 
MacDonald's, could be seen coming up fast, three bat- 
talions deployed, one in support, and they soon opened 
a fire on the flank of the Khalifa s force which was 
attacking MacDonald's Brigade. Maxwell's Brigade could 
also be seen clearing the Dervishes off Gebel Surgam, 
and establishing his maxims there. Two batteries had 
arrived to reinforce MacDonald, having been sent by 
General Hunter, and it seemed as if the moment had 
come for MacDonald to advance against the Dervishes in 
front of him and roll them back on the Khalifa's black 
flag (which was a prominent mark). He would thus 
co-operate with Maxwell's and Lewis's Brigades, who w^ere 
also converging on the Khalifa's flag. Just as MacDonald, 
however, was about to give the order to advance, 
Capta^in Henry of the camel corps rode up and in- 
formed him that at least ten thousand Dervishes were 



mi 






Ttff- 



¥ I 



■ a 



£.--/ 






^^. 



I 



Ji 



loo 






m 



# 



)r 



210 SUDAN, CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

coming down from Kerreri Hills to attack him in his 
right rear. Colonel MacDonald was for a moment dis- 
posed to disregard them and go for the ones in front, 
but at this moment the body of Dervishes referred to 
came in sight in large numbers, moving rapidly on to 
the rear of the brigade. There was only just time to 
make arrangements to meet them. Colonel MacDonald 
sent his galloper to tell the Eleventh Battalion on the 
left to come across and form up facing the rear with 
their backs to the backs of the Ninth Battalion. As it 
seemed doubtful whether the Eleventh Battalion could 
get across in time, ]MacDonald swung back half of the 
Ninth Battalion, so that this battalion made an arrow- 
head. They were ordered to open independent firing, 
while Major Laurie's Battery came into action on the 
right of the Ninth firing case. This slightly checked the 
Dervishes, who had begun a heavy fire, and the Eleventh 
Battalion, after having twenty- seven men hit while 
marching across, had time to form up with admirable 
st-eadiness and order; but when they opened fire the Der- 
vishes were within three hundred yards and still coming 
on, while the Khalifa's force were still attacking the other 
face of the brigade, so that it was under a heavy cross- 
fire, fortunately very ill-directed. Captain Peak's Battery, 
which had just come up, came into action on the right of 
the Eleventh, and the camel corps, who had all along 
been watching and sparring with Ali Wad Helu's force, 
now dismounted and formed on the right of the brigade. 
The fire of Colonel Lewis's Brigade was now having 
a marked effect on the Khalifa's force, so Colonel 
MacDonald moved the Tenth Battalion from the front 



PLACRAW JOBL 







-^;vv 





212 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

face to the rear face of the arrow-head in which the 
brigade was now formed, while the Second Battalion, 
moving to the right with the precision of a drill parade, 
filled the gap made by the removal of the Tenth. The 
Third battery (Captain De Rougemont's) came into 
action between the Tenth Battalion and the camel corps, 
so that now there were one and a half battalions firing 
at the Khalifa's force, while two and a half battalions, 
camel coi'ps, and three batteries were firing the other way 
at Ali Wad Helu's force. The infantry were firing inde- 
pendent firing, the guns firing case. The noise was 
deafening, and was added to by the bursting of the 
Dervish shells, which, however, were bursting too close 
to us to do any damage. MacDonald s trumpeter was 
shot at his side. The casualties of the brigade gra- 
dually rose to one hundred and sixty-eight, while 
those of the camel corps on its right rose to forty. 
It was the last effort of the Dervishes, their last 
chance, and bravely they tried to push home, but the 
ground was open, and nothing could live in the open 
against our fire. MacDonald's Brigade had now been 
heavily engaged for well over an hour, and the ammu- 
nition began to get very low. More had been sent for, 
but had not yet arrived. The Dervish attack, how- 
ever, was weakening, and Colonel MacDonald saw the 
moment was approaching when he should advance and 
charge ; but the Dervish line overlapped his right so 
much that he decided to wait until he was joined by 
Colonel Wauchope's British Brigade, which was now 
close by and coming up fast. Since there was nothing 
more to fear from the Khalifa's force, who were being 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 213 

rapidly enveloped by Maxwell's and Lewis's Egyptian 
and Lyttelton's British Brigades, Colonel MacDonald 
wheeled the Second Battalion and half of the Ninth 
into line with the remainder of his force. As Colonel 
MacDonald rode up to the officer commanding the Ninth 
Battalion to tell him to bring up the left half of his 
battalion in line with the right half, that officer's horse 
suddenly whipped round, and let fly a tremendous kick 
at Colonel MacDonald, catching him fair on the leg 
just below the knee. It was a wonder that it did not 
break his leg. As it was, the pain was so great that he 
nearly fainted. He succeeded, however, in recovering 
himself almost immediately, and continued directing his 
brigade. Colonel Wauchope sent the Lincolnshire Regi- 
ment to prolong MacDonald's right, and brought the 
remainder of his brigade up on the left of MacDonald's. 
Colonel Broadwood had for some time been hovering on 
the Dervish left with the Egyptian cavalry, waiting for 
the right moment to charge. As soon as MacDonald 
saw the Lincolnshire Regiment on his right, he ordered 
the cease fire (the brigade had only two rounds a man 
left), and riding out in front, ordered the brigade to 
advance. The bands struck up, the Sudanese shook 
their rifles aloft, and though keeping good time and 
steady pace, they literally danced along ; several of them 
produced whistles which they blew vigorously. They 
were only waiting for MacDonald to give the signal, and 
let them loose to rush headlong on the enemy, but he 
kept them in hand, advancing steadily all in line; it 
looked as if the next minute would bring us hand to 
hand with the Dervishes. The whole armv was now in 



214 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

one long irregular line advancing simultaneously, Lyttel- 
ton's, Maxwell's, and Lewis's brigades enveloping the 
Khalifa's force ; Wauchope's and MacDonald's, the camel 
corps and cavalry advancing on and outflanking Ali 
Wad Helu's force, completely cutting them off both 
from the Khalifa and Omdurman, so that both the 
Dervish forces had to fight it out where they were, or 
fly to the desert. It was a splendid spectacle, but it was 
too much for the Dervishes. Time after time they had 
hurled themselves in vain against us, their whole force 
had failed to overwhelm one brigade, and now they saw 
our whole army advancing in line exultant with absolute 
confidence of victory ; thousands of their bravest lay 
dead on the field, their leaders had seen the day was 
Ibst, and, after the manner of Dervish leaders, had fled. 
It was not to be supposed that the rank and file would 
struggle any longer ; sullenly they gave way, then 
broke and fled, and instantly Colonel Broad wood saw 
the moment he had been waiting for had come, and 
charged in with his cavalry, turning their retreat into a 
rout. Here and there single Dervishes made a brave 
but futile rush at our line. At 11.50 a.m. the infantry 
halted, and the battle was won. It had lasted more or 
less continuously for five hours, and if we include the 
ground covered by the Egyptian cavalry on our right 
and the Lancers on our left, it had spread over a tract of 
country about ten miles long by two miles wide. It 
was fortunate that Ali Wad Helu's attack on MacDonald's 
Brigade was not made simultaneously with the Khalifa's 
attack. As I have explained, about a quaiter of an 
hour elapsed between the two attacks, so that Colonel 




2i6 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

MacDonald was able to have his whole brigade in line 
to repel the first attack, and then had time to change 
front to the right rear to resist the second attack. Had 
the two attacks been simultaneous, the sheer weight of 
numbers would probably have overwhelmed the brigade, 
and then sweeping on, the Dervishes would have found 
Lewis's and CoUinson s Brigades equally detached, and 
they would not have been defeated until they had come 
upon the two British and the Second Egyi)tian Brigades. 
The bravery of the Dervishes was beyond all praise. 
The Khalifa s body-guard had died to a man round his 
black flag, the last man standing by it continuing to 
fire on our battalions till he fell. The ground for yards 
round the flag was piled with corpses, and the flag was 
guarded only by dead men when our men reached it. 
Major Hickman, commanding the Fifteenth Battalion, 
pulled it up, and sent it to the Sirdar. Slatin Pasha 
rode up and inquired from a wounded Dervish near the 
flag whether the Khalifa was killed. The man rep^ed 
that the Khalifa had been protected by a hole being dug 
for him in the ground, and he had only been gone ten 
minutes, having mounted on a fast camel. 

The Sirdar was now anxious to follow up his success 
by entering Omdurman as soon as possible. There 
were about five thousand Dervishes in that place, and 
several fugitives from the battlefield would succeed in 
entering it, so unless he could get there quick we might 
yet have some house-to-house fighting. The Sirdar 
ordered Lewis's and MacDonald's Brigades to stay on 
the ground and collect our wounded, and send them to 
the boats as quickly as possible, and then follow on to 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 217 

Omdurman. The two British Brigades and Maxwell's 
marched down to the river at Khor Shambat close to 
Omdurman, so that the men might get a much-needed 
drink of water, and a short halt after the hard work of 
the morning. It was now veiy hot, as it was two 
o'clock before the troops reached Khor Shambat. The 
Sirdar said the British Brigades might rest till 3.45, 
but he only gave Maxwell's Brigade half-an-hour, and 
at 2.30 p.m. he took them with him to enter Omdur- 
man, telling the British to follow later. He had 
the Khalifa's black flag flying behind his, and as he 
approached Omdurman the gunboats opened fire on 
him, thinking they were firing at the Khalifa, and not 
dreaming we had reached Omdurman so quickly. The 
flag was quickly furled, and a galloper sent to stop 
the gunboats. The Thirty-second Field Battery had 
come into action about half-an-hour previously on a 
small eminence outside Omdurman and was shelling it. 
In . spite of all remonstrances the Sirdar insisted on 
riding ahead of the brigade as they approached Omdur- 
man. The Dervishes were uncertain what to do. They 
knew the day was lost, but if they were to be massacred 
they would sooner die fighting. They could hardly 
comprehend a conqueror having mercy, though the 
Sirdar had sent a captured Dervish to explain that if 
they laid down their arms their lives would be spared. 
They were consequently undecided when the Sirdar 
arrived. He, however, continued to ride coolly into the 
town, telling the Dervishes he would spare their lives if 
they laid down their arms. The question at that 
particular moment was whether they would spare his 



i 



2i8 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

life, not whether he would spare theirs, but by sheer 
bluff and by coolly riding steadily forward the Sirdar 
gained his point. The Dervishes knew that their cause 
was lost, and they knew that it was the Sirdar and not 
only one of his brigadiers who was promising them 
their lives, and so they laid down their arms to him, 
though they would not have relied on the promise of a 
subordinate officer. In this way the Sirdar obtained 
possession of the town with practically no house-to- 
house fighting, and so saved the many lives which such 
fighting would have cost. 

Pressing on they next came to a high w^alled 
enclosure, in which some natives said there were two 
thousand Baggara prepared to fight to the death. The 
Sirdar requested Colonel Maxwell to assault the place 
with his brigade ; but when an entrance was made it 
was found to be empty, and they pressed on to the 
Khalifa s house, from which the sound of his war-horn 
had been heard summoning his followers to rally, so 
that it was hoped he would be found there. Colonel 
Maxwell had succeeded in doubling a company of 
Sudanese in front of the Sirdar. As they entered a 
narrow passage close to the Khalifa's houses two Baggara 
hoi-semen dashed out of a gate and hurled themselves 
on the Sudanese. The leading horseman speared a 
Sudanese with a great spear about fifteen inches broad ; 
it took off the top of the man's head just like the top of 
an egg. Of course they were shot before they could do 
any more, and as our men entered the doorway from 
which they had come they saw a small body of horse- 
men disappearing down a lane. It is thought by some 



I 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 219 

that these were the rear-guard of the Khalifa's escort, 
and that the two men who had charged had done so in 
the hope of gaining a little time. It was disappointing 
for the Sirdar to find when the Khalifa's house was 
reached that he had made good his escape. 

While the Sirdar, General Hunter, and their Staffs 
were standing in the courtyard, a shell came in and 
burst right in the courtyard, killing poor Howard, the 
correspondent of the Times, who after riding tlirough 
the charge with the 21st Lancers in the morning was 
now killed at the end of the day by one of our own 
shells. The Thirty-second Field Battery had had no 
orders to discontinue bombarding, and had no idea that 
any of our troops had yet entered the town. The 
courtyard was very soon vacated, and a galloper sent to 
order the Thirty-second Field Battery to cease fire. 

The Sirdar next visited the prison, and released 
Neufeld, the Austrian trader, who had spent thirteen 
years as a captive in Omdurman. He was loaded with 
chains, and dressed as he was in a Dervish jibba and 
turban, it would have been difticult to distinguish him 
from a Dervish had it not been for his complexion, 
which was a good deal paler than that of the English 
officers surrounding him, as, owing to his imprisonment, 
he was not in the least bit sunburnt. He had been 
employed in the Khalifa s arsenal superintending the 
manufacture of powder, and he said that the Khalifa 
had visited him only a short time previously, and 
upbraided him with the badness of the powder, saying 
that was the only reason of his defeat. He had also 
announced his intention of killing Neufeld, but at that 



220 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

moment the Khalifii was told that the Sirdar was enter- 
ing the town, so he had hurriedly disappeared to look 
after his own safety. There were several Greeks and 
some nuns, who had been living in the town unable to 
escape, and were now rejoiced at the return of their 
liberty. Neufeld said that none of the inhabitants had 
dreamt we should win, and the Khalifa had been so 
confident of success that he had invited all his emirs to 
dine with him after the battle, and we found the meal 
in course of preparation when we arrived. 

About 5 p.m. the remaining five brigades reached 
the north end of Omdurman and began to enter. Om- 
durman is a rabbit-warren of mud hovels, six miles long 
by about half-a-mile wide. One street (at parts very 
narrow) runs down the length of this, so that it was a 
matter of time for so big a force to thread their way 
through to the centre, where a road led out at right- 
angles to the place which the Sirdar had selected for 
bivouac outside the town on the east side. Had the 
force known where they were marching to the quickest 
way would have been to march outside the tow^n ; but, 
presumably for reasons of impressing the inhabitants, 
the orders were to march through the town. The result 
was that a block very soon occurred. Diirkness came 
on, and camels, guns, and men seemed to be inextricably 
mixed and blocked. Although most of the brigades had 
reached the outskirts of Omdurman at 5 p.m., they 
nearly all took till 11 or 12 at night before they 
reached their bivouac, and one brigade, unable te reach 
the spot, bivouacked in an open place in the town. 
The transport had not a notion where their brigades 




232 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

were, so very few got their baggage that night Captain 
"Watson, the Sirdar's A.D.C., had arranged a capital 
dinner for the Staff, and had all their baggage neatly 
laid out for thorn in an open apace in the town, but he 
could not find the Sirdar and his Staff. They, however, 
succeeded in getting something to eat from the Guards, 
and then lay down on the bare ground, aft«r sending 




men to try and find Watson. General Hunter and his 
Staff' were er|ually unlucky in getting their baggage. 
Every one was pretty well dead beat when they reached 
their bivouacs between 11 and 12 that night. We 
had stood to arms at 3.30 a.m., and had been on the 
go ever since, marching and fighting through a long 
hot day, with vei-y little to eat and drink. But what 
di<l fatigue and absence of baggage matter now that 
Onuliirmnn was taken ? 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN^ 1896— 1899 223 

Every man in the force must have felt happier that 
night than he had ever felt before, and if men, who had 
only been working for this climax for three or four 
years, or even three or four months, felt happy, what 
must have been the feelings of the Sirdar, Generals 
Hunter and Rundle, and the score of right-hand men of 
the Sirdar, who had been working and fighting for this 
goal for fourteen years ! All the work was now crowned 
w^ith a success more ample than the most sanguine could 
have hoped for. The Dervishes were absolutely pulver- 
ized, Omdurman and the whole Nile valley was ours. 
Gordon was avenged. The casualties on our side were 
about five hundred, of which about one hundred and 
fifty were killed. Out of the five hundred casualties 
about one hundred and fifty were British, the remainder 
Egyptian, the largest percentage being amongst the • 
21st Lancers, and next with MacDonald's Brigade, 
whose casualty list was one hundred and sixty- 
eight. Of the Dervishes quite fifteen thousand were 
killed. Officers sent out the next day counted eleven 
thousand eight hundred dead on the battlefield ; to 
these must be added those killed by the bombai-dment 
in Omdurman and in the desert during pursuit. Several 
thousand more were wounded and taken prisoners. The 
remainder had fled, or taken up the r6lc of peaceful 
inhabitants. From reports of the Greeks in Omdurman, 
and from estimation of the numbers seen by the distance 
they covered when extended, there is not a doubt that 
one is making no exaggeration, but rather the contrary, 
by saying that the Dervish army which took the field 
on the 2nd September numbered fifty thousand. Our 



224 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

force was about fourteen thousand Egj^ptian and nine 
thousand British, total twenty-three thousand. The 
smallness of our loss was due to the facts that the Danish 
fire was extraordinarily inaccurat<5, and that the open- 
ness of the ground enabled us to keep the greater part 
of the enemy at a distance. Had the Dervishes stayed 
in Omdurman and fought there as pluckilj'- as they 
fought in the open, or had they made a night attack, 
the casualty list w^ould have been very different. The 
Egyptian cavalry continued the pursuit until late at 
night, but their horses were dead beat. For the last 
forty-eight hours they had had very little rest. The 
high Nile had made the country sw^ampy for some 
distance from the usual river-bank, and as the gunboat 
carrying their supplies could not get near sound ground 
or find the cavalry, they were obliged to return. 



CHAPTER XV 

The next morning the Sirdar sent the news of the 
victory down by steamer. It was apparently awaited 
at home with some anxiety, as for the last two days 
telegraphic communication had been interrupted. The 
telegraph line had been placed on poles as far as Wad 
Hamed, where the force had concentrated. When the 
concentration w^as completed there was no more 
necessity for the telegraph as far as the Sirdars con- 
venience w^as concerned, as the force was all together and 
had all its supplies with it, consequently the Sirdar had 
not considered it worth while to allow Lieutenant 
Manifold, R.E. (in charge of telegraphs), to buy an 
insulated cable such as is ordinarily used for laying 
along the ground behind a force, so the bare wire which 
would subsequently be raised on poles was laid on the 
march. As long as the weather was dry it w^orked 
well, but the rain storms that occurred had wetted the 
ground too much to allow messages to pass over the 
bare wire. 

Going round the town one could see the damage that 

had been done to Omdurman by the howitzer battery 

and the gunboats. The embrasures of all the forts were 

225 Q 



226 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

much knocked about. The top of the dome of the 
Mahdi's Tomb was knocked off, and there were several 
large holes in it. There were many Dervishes Ipng 
dead in the streets who had been killed by the bombard- 
ment. One narrow street was absolutely paved with 
them. The inhabitants told us, with what truth it is 
difficult to say, that on one occasion there were one 
hundred Dervishes praying in the courtyard of the 
mosque : a lyddite shell burst in their midst, and 
only two came out unwounded. The Dervish arsenals 
were found to be stocked with a quantity of the most 
heterogeneous war material : guns and Remingtons, 
drums and accoutrements from Hicks Pashas and 
Gordon's armies, Italian magazine rifles bought from 
the Abyssinians, elephant guns, cheap revolvers, shot 
guns, shirts of mail, some of them dating from the 
Crusades, others made to copy them, helmets, speai*s, 
shields, swords, Sudanese drums of every description. 
There were many signs of the bus)'' preparation of arms 
and ammunition that had been o^oinoj on. In the Emir 
Yunes' house, which was a small arsenal, could be seen 
in one corner piles of old rifles, in another various parts 
of rifles for repairing old ones, and in another a pile of 
rifles that had been so prepared. In the same way 
there were powder, caps, bullets, half-made up cartridges 
and ammunition ready for issue. Here also were to be 
seen the famous copper drums celebrated throughout the 
Sudan, also two European carriages, one of which had 
belonged to Gordon. The other was the identical one 
in which Said Pasha, a former Khedive of Egypt, had 
driven all the way from Cairo, drawn over the desert by 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 227 

oamels. There was very little of any value found. The 
Khalifa, although confident of victory, had nevertheless 
taken the precaution of sending all his treasure away. 
It is supposed that it was sent to Gebel Gedir many 
hundred miles south-west. The filth and smell of the 
town was terrible. There were no good houses, only 
mud hovels, in which human beings had crowded 
together, killing their animals for food inside their 
hovels or just outside the door, and leaving the parts 
they did not eat to rot and smell w^here they lay. 
Sanitary arrangements were nil. The recent rain had 
made pools in the streets in which dead animals and 
corpses were lying and rotting. It w^as curious to 
observe amidst such barbaric existence the remnants of 
a former semi- civilization in the crippled but still 
working w^orkshops, and a crazy telegraph line still in 
use. The only building of any pretension was the 
Mahdi's Tomb, which was a well-built stone structure 
wdth big white dome rising to a height of about seventy 
feet. The courtyards outside were enclosed by a high, 
well-built stone wall. Since so much of the Dervish 
fanaticism centred in the Mahdi's Tomb, and since they 
believed that even though dead he was capable of 
working wonders against the infidels, and since the 
tomb would probably become a goal for pilgrimages and 
a rallying point in case of rebellion, it was considered 
wise that it should be destroyed. Consequently the 
whole thing was completely rased to the ground. The 
day after the fight the troops w^ere allowed a much- 
needed and well-earned rest; Arab irregulars on fast 
camels were sent in pursuit of the Khalifa ; the women 



228 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

of the town and what other inhabitants had not fled 
were sent out to bring in the Dervish wounded from 
the battlefield. Several of them were treated by our 
doctors, although they were busy with our owti wounded. 
Other Dervishes were taken into their houses in the 
town and looked after by their women. Charges have 
been made in the newspapers that wounded men were 
wantonly killed by the troops. This was not the case, 
but several of the Dervish wounded were killed by our 
men in self-defence only, for the wounded Dervishes 
would sham death when we advanced until our men 
were right on top of them, and would then jump up 
and attack them. Needless to sav, such men were 
quickly despatched, and the frequency of the occmTence 
caused the men to be pretty wary in passing over 
wounded, and to fire on the slightest sign of a Dervish 
jumping up. Unfortunately there were a few dastardly 
camp-followers, who for a short time, when ever}' one 
was too busy to stop them, looted and, if necessary, 
killed the fallen Dervishes, but they were soon stopped. 
Our own wounded were much more fortunate than 
wounded men can usually expect to be. Very little 
time elapsed before their wounds were dressed. Doctors 
and medical stores were present in abundance. Then 
there was no carr}'ing the wounded long distances in 
stretchers, which is so painful for them. As soon as 
they were sufticiently strong they were taken by 
steamers to Atbara and Abadieh, where there was ample 
accommodation for them in roomy, well-roofed, mud- 
brick hospitals. When convalescent they travelled by 
alternate rail and steamer to Cairo. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 229 

On the 4 til September representiitives of every 
regiment and corps paraded at the ruined sit<5 of Gordon's 
Palace at Khartum. A short thanksgiving service was 
held by the chaplains of all denominations, and then the 
British and Egyptian flags were simultaneously hoisted. 
The oflicers suri'ounding the Sirdar, w^ho was visibly 
moved, shook hands with him and offered their heartiest 
congratulations, and in so doing expressed the feelings 
of every man of the force. 

It was, I think, on the following day that a Dervish 
•steamer hove in sight from the south flying a white flag 
in token of surrender, and was soon alongside Omdur- 
man. The Dervish commander of the boat was much 
surprised to find us in possession of the town. The 
steamer was observed to be absolutely covered with 
l)ullet marks from small calibre rifles. The Dervish 
explained that the Khalifa, having heard of the arrival 
of white men at Fashoda, had sent him to defeat them. 
He said he found them entrenched at Fashoda flying 
ii flag w^hich he had never seen before. After a hot 
engagement of a few hours he had drawn off", and had 
returned to Omdurman to get sufficient reinforcements 
to wipe them out, having also told all the Dei'vishes on 
the river-bank in that neighbourhood to attack them. 
There was, of course, much discussion as to who the 
white men could be, but it was generally agreed that it 
must be Marchand's party. The Sirdar, having settled 
all the most pressing business at Omdurman, started for 
Fashoda with a flotilla of five gunboats, on board of 
which were one hundred men of the Cameron High- 
landers, the Eleventh Sudanese Battalion (Major Jack- 



230 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

son), half of the Thirteenth Battalion, and Captain 
Peak's Batte^}^ At Renk, about one hundred miles 
south of Khartum, they found a small Dervish force, 
which at once opened fire on the gunboats with their 
one gun, but they were very soon put to flight or 
captured, and the flotilla proceeded. 

Numerous hippopotami were seen, and on one occa- 
sion one of the boats towed by the steamers appeared 
to be aground, but it was found to have only run foul 
of a hippopotamus. Two lions and numbers of every 
kind of deer were seen. The banks were wooded, and 
flooded for miles on each side. The stream was sluggish, 
and the gunboats could steam at a good pace against 
it. It is unnecessary to repeat what is matter of uni- 
versal knowledge, how Major Marchand's gallant band, 
after having accomplished an heroic march across Africa, 
were found entrenched at Fashoda with their ammuni- 
tion almost exhausted, waiting for the Dervishes to re- 
appear in force to administer the coxi'p de grdce; of how 
the Sirdar established the Eleventh Battalion under 
Major Jackson and Captain Peak's Battery at Fashoda, 
and then proceeding as far as possible up the Sobat, left 
half the Thirteenth Battalion there ; and of the subse- 
quent negotiations which ensued, and finished by the 
French evacuating Fashoda and leaving the whole Nile 
valley to us. The Shilluk tribe, who inhabited the neigh- 
bourhood of Fashoda, received us wdth great joy. We 
had several Shilluks serving in the ranks of our Sudanese 
regiments, and they were very useful in arranging the 
good understanding. The Sirdar sent a Shilluk sergeant 
of long service to summon the chiefs to interview him. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 231 

The Sirdar was somewhat surprised, and rendered ahnost 
suspicious by the fact that, though there were evidently 
plenty of Shilluks about, not more than seven made 
their appearance at a time, they would then disappear 
and seven more would take their place. The Shilluk 
sergeant hastened to explain that he had found the 
Shilluks coming in large numbers to greet him in their 
national costume, which consisted of stark nakedness. 
He had told them the great white Pasha would be very 
angry at such disrespect; accordingly they had with 
difficulty succeeded in raising seven loin-cloths, which 
the entire tribe were taking it in turn to wear in order 
to be presented to him. In view of the time this would 
take, the Sirdar said he would be quite willing to receive 
them in their national costume. 

Another amusing incident arose as follows. It was 
thought that the Sudanese in our ranks would be per- 
plexed at meeting white men at Fashoda, and be unable 
to understand the delicate relations between them and us. 
As it was most necessary to avoid any untoward accident 
which would precipitate hostilities, it w^as decided to 
try to expLiin the delicate situation to the men. Accord- 
ingly, several of the black sergeants were summoned, 
and it was explained to them that we should find white 
men at Fashoda, and that though they were our friends, 
they were not English nor Egyptian officials, and that 
they disputed our right to Fashoda, etc., etc. The 
state of the case having been carefully explained to 
them, they were told to inform the men. This they 
were overheard to do in the following short and pithy 
sentence : — ** When we reach Fashoda we shall find 



231 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 

white men, but tliey are not ' Ingleesi,' tliey are thieves 
and robbers." After that, the officer who had endea- 
voured to explain the situation felt it was no good wasting 
any more breath. 

Wliile the Sirdar was proceeding up to Fashoda the 
wliole of the Britisli troops left Oradurman on their 




return to Cairo. They went down to the Atbara in 
iiailiug-boats, tying up every uight to the bank to sleep. 
Every night a storm of sand and rain came on which 
required exertions to be made to prevent the boats being 
wrecked. In the daytime it was difficult to get shelter 
from the sun in the open boats, so that it was not a very 
pleasant experience, but it was a very expeditious way 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896-1899 233 

of getting the troops down. Several men travelled down 
in the Bordein, the historic steamer in which Sir Charles 
Wilson went to Khartum in 1885, to find it in the hands 
of the Mahdi. The steamer had been used by the Der- 
vishes ever since, and was now the most extraordinary 
patchwork apology for a steamer you could imagine. 
Her machinery was in a crazy condition. There was no 
safety-valve to the boiler or steam gauge, and the only 
way the engineer could tell how much st^am he had was 
by opening the steam-whistle, and guessing from the 
strength of the whistle what pressure of steam there 
was. 

By the end of September idl the British troops were 
back in Cairo, that is to say, the Sirdar had only taken 
ew\\t weeks to mobilize and conduct twenty-tliree 
thousand men to Khartum, fight a battle, and send 
nine thousand of them back to Cairo. In that time 
five thousand of them had travelled two thousand 
six hundred and forty miles, four thousand of them 
had travelled one thousand four hundred and thirty 
miles, and the remainder from one hundred and eighty 
to five hundred miles, which will give an idea of the 
admirable line of communications. 



CHAPTER XYI 

Although the battle of the 2nd September had over- 
thrown the Dervish power, and the British troops had 
been able to return, and several officers of the Eg}^tian 
army were granted leave, yet there still remained some 
very hard work to be done in the Eastern Sudan. 

It will be remembered that Gedaref, about one 

hundred and thirty miles south-w^est of Kassala, and 

about one hundred and eighty miles east of the White 

Nile, was garrisoned by a Dervish force about five 

thousand strong under Ahmed Fedil. This emir had 

been ordered to join the Khalifa at Omdurman, and 

after considerable delay had set out to do so, leaving 

part of his force at Gedaref, but unfortunately had not 

reached Omdurman in time to be destroyed watli the 

remainder. As soon as he had withdrawn his main 

body from Gedaref, the Sirdar had ordered the Kassala 

garrison under Colonel Parsons to occupy that place. 

1 am sure I shall be pardoned by the officer who sent 

the following account of the operations to his corps 

journal, if 1 insert it here ; otherwise I should be obliged 

to omit these interesting and important operations, 

without which the stor)^ of the campaign would be 

234 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 231? 

incomplete. It was only by a mere chance that I 
obtained a copy of the Royal Engineer's Jotinial, in 
which the following account appears : — 

Extract from Royal Engineer's JoumaL 

" The readers of the Royal Engineer's Journal may 
care to hear something of recent events in the Eastern 
Sudan, where we are having a little campaign all to 
ourselves, and with no newspaper correspondents to 
chronicle events. The writer arrived at Kassala at the 
end of April last, just as detachments from its garrison 
were returning after a successful visit to the Upper 
Atbara, where between Fasher and Ossobri they com- 
pleted the dispersal of the fugitives from Mahmud's 
army, and brought many of them back as prisoners 
to Kassala. A period of inaction followed, broken, so 
far as regards the writer, by a reconnaissance visit to 
the Atbara in May, which resulted in his being the 
only Egyptian casualty in a skirmish with Dervishes. 
Nature, however, aided by the best and kindest of 
medical treatment, worked wonders, and before the 
end of June I was as well and strong as ever. 

** As the days went on our minds at Kassala were con- 
tinually exercised as to the part, if any, we were to play 
in the coming campaign. With but a fortnightly post, 
and wdth a long, expensive, and circuitous telegraphic^ 
connection vid Massowah with the outer world, we 
were very much cut off, and so far as the Nile was 
concerned we gleaned most of our news out of the 
English papers. It w^as very tantalizing to be at once 
so near and yet so far. When August came it w^as 



236 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896- 1899 

obvious that we were not to join in the advance on 
Khartum, and that our only hope of action lay in the 
Eastern Sudan. Our eyes turned naturally therefore 
on Gedaref, where, at a distance of some one hundred 
and thirty miles south-west of us, was assembled the army 
of Ahmed Fedil, reputed to number from five thousand 
to six thousand men. As the greatest amount of fight- 
ing men we could withdraw from Kassjxla for offensive 
purposes did not exceed one thousand four hundred, 
it was clear that so long as the bulk of Fedil's army 
was at Gedaref we would have to remain inactive ; our 
hope, therefore, was that the Khalifa would withdraw 
some at least of the Gedaref garrison to assist him 
at Omdurman. Our intelligence patrols brought us 
word on many o(*casions that orders had gone to Fedil 
to come to the Khalifa, l)ut for a long time he preferred 
the security of Gedaref, and it was not until a few days 
before the fall of Boga that Fedil marched west to the 
Bhie Nile. On the 5th September we got confirmation 
of this intelligence, simultaneously with the news of 
the Sirdar's victory of three days before, and on the 
7th we started for the Atbara. The force which left 
Kassala was composed as follows: — four hundred and 
fifty men of the Sixteenth Egyptian (Fellaheen) Battalion, 
which, recently raised, was to have its first experience 
of active service ; four hundred and fifty men of the 
local Arab Battalion, a corps which had done good work 
under the Italians, and which had been taken over by 
the Egyptian Government on the occupation of Kassala ; 
eighty men of the Egyptian Slavery Department camel 
c<n*ps ; and three hundred and seventy Arab irregulars. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 237 

the command of which latter fell to the writer. One sectioa 
of field hospital also accompanied the force. The camel 
corps was composed of blacks, most of whom had served 
their time in the Sudanese battalions of the Egyptian 
army. The irregulars were organized in * bands' bjr 
tribes, under the leadership of sheikhs ; there was one 
band of Beni Amirs, two of Shukriahs, and three of 
Hadendowas. Neither the Arab battalion nor the ir- 
regulars could be termed in our sense * regulars ' ; they 
all had had a certain amount of drill and training, but 
the Arab nature does not adapt itself, as does the 
Egyptian, to solid drill and European methods. Their 
value lay in their excellent marching powers, in their 
dash, and in the smallness of their wants. What little 
clothing and equipment was required was entirely carried 
by the man himself, and his daily ration was but one 
pound of flour. 

"Two days' marching brought the force to El Fasher, 
at which point it was decided to cross the Atbara. The 
river was there four hundred yards wide, and with a 
current of three to four miles per hour, and to a force 
unsupplied with bridging material, proved a formidable 
obstacle. We took with us barrels from Kassala for 
rafts, and as much local-made rope as we could lay liands 
on; but the crossing of the river was solved by the 
carpenters of the Egyj^tian Battalion, who most cleverly 
constructed boats, the framework of which was made 
of the wood growing by the river, and the covering 
formed of canvas which was available. Oars were made 
with bits of board nailed to straight tree branches. In 
these boats we were able to carry from twenty-five to 



238 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

thirty men at a trip, and with fewer men a considerable 
ijuantity of stores. The Shukriah Arabs made some of 
tlieir native rafts, on which, towed by swimmers, some 
of the irregulars crossed, but the bulk of the work fell 
on our six boats. Our three hundred and fifty camels 
and our horses and mules were swum across by the 
Shukriah Arabs, the camels being supported in front 
by inflated skins. With these primitive means of cross- 
ing, it took six days to transfer our force and its supplies 
for sixteen days to the left bank of the river, and it was 
not until Saturday, 17 th September, that we commenced 
our march south. 

'' On the following morning we reached Mogatta, the 
point on the river bank from which we were to strike 
for Gedaref, and at once formed a post wherein to leave 
the hea\dost of our baggage, and some of our ammunition 
and supplies. 

*'At about 5 p.m. firing was heard at our outposts, 
and proved to be from a patrol of forty men sent from 
Gedaref to see if any troops from Kassala had crossed 
the xltbara. A hundred men sent out from our post 
quickly dispersed the patrol, killing some and taking 
five prisoners. The remainder of the patrol hurried 
straight back to Gedaref, and so put an end to any 
hopes of our surprising that place. 

'' The day of 19th September was spent at Mogatta in 
making final arrangements, and settling what was to be 
left behind there and what taken forward with the force. 
As the march to Gedaref was but two days, and as food 
supplies were known to abound there, but five days' 
food was caiTied. One hundred and fifty rounds of 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 239 

ammunition per man was taken, water for two days — 
a considerable item — and the smallest possible quantity 
of baggage. By this means the number of transport 
camels to accompany the fighting force was reduced 
to about one hundred and seventy. We started on 
our march from Mogatta at daylight on the 20th 
September, and with a rest from 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. 
covered some twenty- two miles by 8 p.m., when we 
halted for the night. The first ten miles was through 
a thorn scrub so thick that the whole force had to 
march in single file. The bush then became less dense, 
but the grass was so rank and long, and the surface of 
the ground so broken, that except for short intervals the 
movement in single file had to be maintained. 

** On the morning of the 21st we marched at 5 a.m., 
and at 7 a.m. our advanced guard fired on some Dervish 
horsemen who had come out to scout for us. A couple 
of hours later we neared Wad Akabu, the outlying 
village of the Gedaref district, and some four and a half 
liom\s distant from El Gedaref itself. There had always 
been an observation post at Wad Akabu, and it was 
not thought unlikely that we should here encounter 
resistance. We formed battle array therefore just 
before the village came in sight, but as we approached 
closer the villagers came out to tell us that the Dervish 
post had retired earlier in the day. We moved through 
the village to a rain-pond south of the village, and there 
made our midday halt. From the villagers we gleaned 
information, some of which proved true and some of 
which proved false. 

*'A11 our previous reports had told us that so far 



240 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

Gedaref was ignorant of the fall of Khartum, but at 
Wad Akabu we heard that at last the news had reached 
the Dervishes, but that it had had no effect in altering 
their determination to fight, and that we would find 
them drawn up outside Gedaref. Then we heard that 
FediVs army had gone to Boga, and that half of it 
was destroyed there and the rest scattered. This 
information, as we learnt to our cost later, was entirely 
false. Fedil never got nearer to Khartum than Rufaa, 
and his army was at the time entirely intact and on the 
Blue Nile. 

*' At four o'clock in the afternoon we continued our 
march for a couple of hours, when we bivouacked in 
square, with our camels inside, and with posts thrown 
out to the front on all fom' sides. 

'' The term * Gedaref applies not only to the village 
or town which was our immediate objective, but also to 
a district of considerable extent surrounding the main 
village of El Gedaref, or, as it is sometimes called, Suk 
Abu Sinn. This district which we had now entered is 
composed of undulating country of great fertility. The 
summer rainfall is considerable, and after its commence- 
ment dhura crops are very widely sowti, whilst the 
rain-water collected in the khors and bottoms serves to 
supply the villages scattered hither and thither through- 
out the district. In happier days Suk Abu Sinn has 
been a town of considerable size and great prosperity, 
and even after the Dervish occupation the local Arab 
population (Shukriali tribe) remained and continued to 
annually gi'ow their crops. Gedaref was therefore a 
great source of grain supply for the Dervishes generally. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 241 

and Khartum was indebted to it for a large quantity of 
its food. 

" The march was resumed at daylight on the 22nd in 
the following order : — Arab Battalion, Arab irregulars, 
Sixteenth Battalion, hospital, baggage train, rear guard. 
After about an hour's marching, Baggara horsemen 
were seen on the hills in front watching our approach, 
but they retired as we advanced. At about 8.30 a.m. 
we approached a ridge of hills some few hundred feet 
high, and beyond which was known to be, at a distance 
of about three miles, Suk Abu Sinn. Behind the 
western end of this ridge and near some convenient 
water a halt of short duration was made to collect the 
force before a further advance. When the order to 
march was given, a quarter of an hour brought us to a 
hillock from the top of which all things w^ere made plain. 
Below us about a hundred feet lay a broad-bottomed 
grass-grown valley running from north-west to south- 
east, bounded on the north by the ridge to the western 
edge of which we had just advanced, and on the 
south-west by a lower ridge, which, running south- 
east, ultimately died away in the plain after a couple 
of miles. For convenience I will call this latter the 
southern ridge, as opposed to the northern ridge already 
mentioned. 

** From the hillock top the whole Dervish force could 
be seen one and a half miles away drawn up in the 
valley bottom and on the lower slopes of the southern 
ridge ; their riflemen were in lines, whilst behind them 
were bodies in square formation. We could make 
out altogether about six separate large groups. The 



242 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

Dervishes had been waiting for us in the open since 
the previous evening, and with their banners waving 
and brandished swords and spears it was easy to see 
that they meant fighting. Their numbers we afterwards 
ascertained were one thousand five hundred riflemen and 
one thousand seven hundred spearmen, a very different 
quantity to the eight hundred riflemen and two hundred 
spearmen that we had expected to meet. 

'' Once the enemy were seen there was no delay on 
our part ; our commander gave the order for the force 
to move at once to the southern ridge, whence we would 
at once command the Dervishes, and at the same time 
insert ourselves between them and their stronghold. 
The distance, about three-quarters of a mile, was 
covered at a rapid pace, and necessarily so, because 
we had only just time to reach a suitable position on 
the ridge when rifle shots from below showed that the 
Dervishes were advancing to the attack. Our force 
formed line to the left to meet the advance, the Arab 
Battalion on the right, the Eg}'ptian Battalion in the 
centre, and half the Arab irregulars on the left. The 
Dervishes moved up the hill in open line formation, 
firing as they came ; our line replied, and advanced 
forward slowly to meet them. The nature of the 
ground necessarily divided the Dervish attack into two 
— one of which opposed the Arab Battalion on our 
right, the other of which was directed against the 
Egyptian Battalion and the irregulars. The Arab 
Battalion pressed forward and drove back those opposed 
to them, and moving south towards the lower ground 
with one company, occupied the hillock indicated on 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 243 

plan, and with another a village in the valley similarly 
indicated (see Diagram, p. 245). 

" We must now return and pursue the fortunes of our 
baggage train. This followed our fighting troops, but 
at a considerably slower pace, and hardly had it started 
from our original rendezvous when a strong body of 
Dervishes were seen working on to the northern ridge 
with the view of following our force on its march. 
Seeing this, the Egyptian officer in command of half 
the irregulars took it on himself to remain behind to 
endeavour to check this advance, an endeavour in 
which he was but for a very short time successful. 
The Dervishes in numbers worked round the valley 
top, and very soon were seen drawn up on the higher 
and northern portion of the southern ridge prepared to 
advance not only on the baggage train, but also on the 
rear of our line, now on the lower slopes of the same 
ridge. It was an anxious moment, and after consulta- 
tion the Egyptian Battalion turned about to meet the 
new foe in rear, whilst the irregulars advanced down 
the slopes to hold in check the frontal attack. 

'* The Dervishes from the hill- top lost no time, and 
with banners waving advanced down the slope. 

*'The baggage train offered a tempting object of 
attack with its long line of slowly-moving camels. Our 
camel corps, dismounted from their camels, worked for 
its protection, and these steady old soldiers showed they 
had not forgotten their past army service by the cool- 
ness of their fire and their gallantry under difficulties. 
The Dervishes, however, were not to be denied, and 
pushing on caused a retirement of the irregulars and 



244 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

others with the baggage train, and got in among the 
baggage animals, killing some and dragging off others. 
The Egyptian Battalion, however, took up a position 
from which their fire flanked our retiring troops, and at 
the same time did execution among the advancing 
Dervishes. 

'* Meantime the irregulars, who had advanced to 
check the Dervishes in the valley, found their enemies 
retiring before them, and seeing the baggage train in 
difliculties returned to its assistance ; in this they were 
accompanied by the portion of the Arab Battalion 
which had not advanced to the lower hillock or to 
the village in the plain. These returning troops were 
successful in stopping the retirement of the baggage 
guard just as the steady fire of the Egyptian Battalion 
was commencing to tell on the Dervishes. Tiiis jfire, 
continuous and rapid, effected heavy losses, and at last, 
in the twinkling of an eye, the Dervishes turned and 
fled down the southern slopes of the southern ridge. 
Their course lay along the valley bed in the direction 
of Suk Abu Sinn, and they were followed and kept on 
the move by all available men of the Arab Battalion and 
irregulars. When those in pursuit reached the hollow 
north-east of the town they halted to collect themselves, 
and sent civilians up into the houses to see if the place 
was held or not. Tiie Dervishes had, however, gone, 
and the troops advanced up on to the parade ground 
outside the walled enclosure, wherein had lived Achmed 
Fedil, to find Nur Angur, a Dervish leader of fame, with 
two hundred and fifty of his men, waiting to surrender. 
This was a happy termination to a day of varying 




246 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

fortune, on which our victory was due not to any 
tactical fault on the part of the Dervishes, but rather 
to their bad shooting on the one hand and to the 
fighting qualities of the camel corps and the Fellaheen 
Battalion on the other. The latter fought in line 
throughout, and its conduct was a striking tribute to 
the efficacy of steady drill as a means to discipline. 

** Our victory, although complete, was not gained 
without serious loss, as our casualty roll of forty killed 
and sixty wounded showed. It was estimated that 
the Dervishes left close on five hundred dead on the 
battlefield. On the second morning after our arrival 
at Gedaref, Nur Augur gave us the first intimation of 
the possibility of Ahmed Fedil returning to Gedaref. 
Fedil had never got nearer than Rufaa to Khartum, 
and his army was still intact. From Rufaa he retired 
towards Abu Harras, but the arrival of steamers there 
from Khartum showed him that his chances of crossing 
the Nile near that point were small, and he accordingly 
moved to Gebel Araing, a place two and a half days' march 
from Gedaref, and there considered his future action. 
Events showed how valuable was this information given 
by Nur Angur, and by this act and by his subsequent 
services in obtaining intelligence he rendered us very 
material assistance. The Nur, a Dongalaui by birth, 
the husband of seventy wives and the father of a 
hundred children, is a man of between fifty and sixty 
years of age. His life has been a varied one, and would 
be well worth the writing. Years ago he served as a 
Mudir in the Sudan under Gordon Pasha, and was in 
the Government service for a long period before the 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 247 

force of circumstances transformed him into a Dervish. 
His career under the Mahdi and subsequently under 
his successor was full of incident. He took a pro- 
minent part in the fighting against the desert column 
in 1884-85, and later on commanded in several of the 
engagements which took place between the Dervishes 
and Italians in the Eastern Sudan. A man of con- 
siderable education and intelligence, he was able to 
appreciate better than others how hopeless the Dervish 
cause was once Khartum had fallen, and it was for 
this reason that he elected to stay at Gedaref and 
surrender instead of taking refuge in flight. Directly 
we heard that the return of Ahmed Fedil was at all 
possible w^e began to look about us, and set our house 
in a state of defence. 

** The Beit Zeki, as was called the enclosure where 
Ahmed Fedil had lived, stands at the highest part of 
a flat-topped hill, if indeed we can give the name of hill 
to a rise in the ground not exceeding twenty -five to 
thirty feet. From the summit the ground falls gently 
on all sides, and here and there were scattered brick 
houses and enclosures, the dwellings of the more im- 
porta,nt Dervishes, but the vast majority of the people 
dwelt in straw huts or tulkuls, which in great numbers 
surrounded the Beit Zeki, and whose tops could be seen 
above the crops of dhura and millet with which the 
whole area was covered ; the com stood from seven 
to fourteen feet high, and made it a matter of great 
difficulty to form any idea of the * lie ' of the ground. 
In the v(dley bottom east of the Beit Zeki lay the five 
wells which form the water supply of Suk Abu Sinn, 



248 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

and to maintain command of which must be an essential 
portion of any scheme of defence. 

"Happily within a few yards of the most southern 
of the wells was situated the Bait el Mai, or treasury, 
a square brick enclosure, on to the central yard of which 
faced the various rooms where the business of the place 
had been transacted. This enclosure, well adapted for 
defence, was allotted to the Arab Battalion. The Beit 
Zeki was occupied by the Egyptian Battalion, the camel 
corps, and the hospital. The bulk of the irregulars 
were placed in a brick enclosure north-east of the Beit 
Zeki, whilst the remainder held a smaller enclosure, 
which from its position flanked both the Bait el Mai 
and the main fort of the irregulars. 

'* These four works covered very effectively the eight 
hundred yards between the Beit Zeki and the wells, and 
it was easy to see that time alone was required to make 
the position as a whole a very strong one. Much, how- 
ever, had to be done ; banquettes from which the soldiers 
could shoot over the wall tops or through loopholes had 
to be made, superfluous interior walls had to be removed, 
whilst, most pressing of all, the field of fire had to be 
cleared. It was this latter which formed at first the 
main work not only of the soldiers but also of all the 
available civilians ; the corn was trodden and broken 
down, the straw tukuls were burnt, and the brick 
buildings, where desirable, were knocked down. The 
work of defence was continued on successive days, 
although we got no additional intelligence as to Ahmed 
Fedil's movements; but just as we were beginning to 
think that Nur Angur was the victim of a nervous 




SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 249 

delusion the blow came. On the 27 th we sent a camel 
corps patrol out sixteen miles along the western road 
by which an advance on Ahmed Fedil's part would 
come, and they returned about 4 p.m. announcing all 
clear. An hour later, however, an infantry outpost, 
placed about four miles out, fired on six Baggara horse- 
men advancing from the west — horsemen who must 
have been close on the tracks of our returning camel 
corps. The approach of horsemen from the threatened 
direction led to the order for a strong camel corps patrol 
to again reconnoitre on the next day the western road. 

" On the morning of the 28 th we had not to wait 
long for news ; before they had gone three miles the 
camel corps heard the drums and trumpets of advancing 
horsemen, who were evidently not coming to surrender. 
In a little time longer, bodies of infantry and a camel 
baggage train were seen behind the horsemen, and we 
at once knew that Fedil had returned to claim his own 
again. There was no indecision about his movements. 
He halted his baggage train a couple of miles from our 
position, and at once advanced to the attack. Fedil 
doubtless expected to find Gedaref very much as he 
left it, but his riflemen must have been very much sur- 
prised by the change. The Dervishes pushed up through 
the dhura from the west and opened fire against the 
Beit Zeki from south, west, and north, and at the 
same time engaged the western and northern faces of 
the irregulars' fort. A little. later the attack developed 
still further to the east, and a direct frontal attack was 
launched from the north against the irregulars' out- 
work (No. 3 on Diagram). The Dervishes developed a 



250 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

very considerable fire everywhere, and dodging in and 
out among the dhura and between the tukuls were not 
very easy to see. Despite the heavy fire wdth which 
their advance was met, our enemy pushed on with great 
pertinacity and dash, and on the nortli some of them 
succeeded in occupying tukuls within sixty or seventy 
yards of the Beit Zeki. The defence, however, was 
too strong, and after about one and a half hours the 
Dervishes fell back on all sides. A short pause then 
followed, during which Fedil rallied his forces, and wnth 
the aid of his reserves prepared to launch a second 
attack. This advance, directed in the main against the 
western and northern faces of the Beit Zeki, met the 
same fote as its predecessor, and very soon a few isolated 
Dervishes in tukuls were all that maintained fire against 
us. A hundred of the irregulars were sent out and 
cleared the tukuls, and then Fedil drew off his forces 
into the valley west of the town. The two brass guns 
that had been taken on the 22nd and mounted in the 
Beit Zeki did considerable service during the day, and 
it wa.s to us no mean satisfaction to thus turn Fedirs 
weapons against himself. The Bait el Mai, or water 
fort, was never seriously attacked, as a single shell and 
a couple of well-aimed volleys served to disperse the 
few Baggara horsemen that watched our position from 
the east. 

'' The Dervishes must have finally retired at about 
1 p.m., but it w'as not for some time that we realized 
that they liad ended their efforts, and we quite expected 
further figliting later in the day or early next morning. 
An inspection of the ground surrounding our forts made 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 251 

on the 29th showed us how severely the Dervishes had 
been punished, and the estimate of five hundred killed 
docs not err on the side of excess. Several deserters 
who came in were alike in their reports as to the large 
number of wounded, and put down the total casualties 
at more than one ' n^6 ' (eight hundred to one thousand). 
The fact that our losses on the 28tli were but five killed 
and thirteen wounded bears eloquent testimony to the 
advantage which troops fighting behind fortifications 
have against those who attack them from the open. 

** During the 29th and 30th the army of Ahmed 
Fedil, which, after allowing for its losses, must still have 
numbered three thousand five hundred men, remained 
encamped a couple of miles west of us on the lower 
ground, and we had leisure to note its apparent strength, 
its train of camels, and its doings genemlly. The 
Dervishes spent their days in collecting dhura from 
adjacent villages and resting after their labours. On 
the morning of the 30th, being a Friday, they had 
their usual weekly parade, and in one long line their 
horsemen and their footmen made quite an imposing 
array. The chief business transacted at the parade was 
the decapitation of three men who had been sent from 
us to Fedil with messages, and we can but suppose that 
the Dervish general thought this the best way of show- 
ing to his troops the contempt whi("h lie, at all events, 
entertained for * the enemies of God.' 

" The Egyj^tian force in possession of Gedaref w^as not 
from its numbers adequate to attack Fedil, or rather 
not sufficient to do so without undue risk of losing 
possession of (iedaref. If we had moved out w^ith our 



252 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

whole force it would have been possible for Fedil to 
work round and re-occupy the place ; after leaving a 
sufficient guard in the forts our little force would have 
been too small to undertake the offensive. After all, 
too, our main object had been obtained, the Egyptian 
flag waved over Gedaref, and an Egyptian garrison was 
firmly planted there. It remained, therefore, but to let 
the process of time or the advent of additional Egyptian 
troops dispose of Fedil*s defeated army. The curious 
thing was that he should still remain with his am- 
munition nearly exhausted, and when the leader for 
whom he was fighting had long ago fled from Khartum. 
The fanatical spirit, however, dies hard in the Sudan, 
and in still maintaining allegiance to his master and 
hostility to the ' Turks,' Fedil was only doing what 
the Dervishes had always done before. On the Upper 
Atbara, after the defeat of Mahmud, the routed and 
half-starved Dervishes (blacks as well as Arabs) resolutely 
refused to accept offers of pardon, and fought whenever 
they had the chance ; and Fedil was only pursuing the 
same course under very much easier circumstances. 

'' On the morning of the 1st October Ahmed Fedil's 
army was on the move, and wound its way across the 
plain and over the hills to the village of El Assar, 
where Fedil halted, and where, with plenty of com and 
water available, he was able to make for himself a com- 
fortable resting-place. This village, about three hours 
south-west of Suk Abu Sinn, was a safer place for Fedil 
than his previous encampment situated on the road 
from Abu Harras — the road by which Egyptian rein- 
forcements were certain to arrive ; and at El Assar he 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 253 

was favourably placed for a further retreat to the 
south . 

" After the fight of the 28th September a good deal of 
work remained to be done by the garrison of Gedaref 
— camels had to be sent back to bring ammunition to 
replenish our much diminished and scanty stock ; our 
defences had to be completed, as well as the work of 
making the dirty and insanitary surroundings of Gedaref 
more suitable for prolonged occupation by troops. The 
Shukriah Arabs from adjacent villages kept coming in 
in large numbers with their flocks and their herds and 
all their worldly possessions, and to dispose of this 
floating and perturbed population was in itself a task. 

"As regards obtaining intelligence as to the doings 
of Ahmed Fedil, the followers of Nur Angur were given 
arms, and pushed forward to watch what was going on 
at Assar. These men, intimately acquainted with the 
country, and under a leader wlio was a master in the 
arts of Dervish warfare, brought daily and often liourly 
information, with the result of keeping our commander 
well acquainted with whatever was happening near 
FediFs head-quarters. The Sirdar was naturally kept 
informed by telegram through Kassala of the course of 
events, whilst letters were sent by camel to El Medinah 
on the Blue Nile, where a communication from the chief 
of the Staff" had informed us an Egyptian post had been 
established. 

"News from outside, however, seemed a long time 
coming ; but at last, on the morning of the 11th October, 
a camel man from Kassala brought a telegram from the 
Sirdar to say that General Rundle in force was on the 



254 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896- 1899 

way to Gediiref, aud that he would probably be able to 
march from Abu H arras ou or about the 10th October. 

** It seems probable that iu a very few days after these 
words are writt<^n (October 11), the actors on the Gedaref 
stage will no longer be exclusively drawn from the 
garrison of Kassala, and the present seems therefore a 
fitting point at which to bring this narrative to a 
close." 

Here the account in the Royal Engineers Journal 
ends, and I must continue the narrative as best I can, 
although I did not participate in the operations. 

News of Colonel Parsons' position at Gedaref having 
reached the Sirdar, he sent General Bundle with a force 
to a^ssist. Messengers liad been sent to Ahmed FediFs 
force promising them their lives if they surrendered, but 
that individual liad returned to attack Colonel Parsons 
at Gedaref General Rundle proceeded up the Blue 
Nile until he arrived at Abu Harras, from which it was 
necessary to Ijranch off into the desert to reach Gedaref. 
There was a long waterless march in front of him. He 
could not supply his whole force with water, and many of 
them were down with fever. The whereabouts of Ahmed 
Fedil were also uncertain. Gunboats patrolled right up 
the Blue Nile to prevent him crossing, and Colonel 
Collinson started with the Twelfth Battalion to reinforce 
Colonel Parsons. If such reinforcement was not suf- 
ficient, he was to let General Rundle know, and he would 
follow with the remainder. Colonel Collinson had a 
difficult waterless march, and on approaching Gedaref 
was attacked at night, but easily repulsed the Dervishes 
and effected a junction with Colonel Parsons. The next 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 255 

day Colonels Parsons and Collinson rode out to recon- 
noitre the Dervish position with a view to deciding on 
the best means of attack. On reaching it they found 
Ahmed FediFs force in full retreat, and a large number 
of them deserted and surrendered to us. Ahmed Fedil 
now kept constantly on the move raiding villages, and it 
was difficult to get accurate information of his where- 
abouts. The only thing to do was to manoeuvre so as 
to gradually force him on to the Blue Nile, where he 
could be tracked down. 

After several weeks of watching the Blue Nile to 
prevent Ahmed Fedil crossing it, Colonel Lewis, on 
the 11th February, received news that Ahmed Fedil with 
two thousand followers was on the point of crossing 
at Roseires, about ten miles distant. Although Colonel 
Lewis only had the Tenth Battalion (Lieut. -Colonel 
Nason's) with him, whose numbers were reduced by 
fever and casualties to a little over four hundred, he 
immediately set out to intercept Ahmed Fedil. On 
arrival at Roseires, he found the Dervishes in the act 
of crossing. About one thousand had crossed to the 
other bank, while one thousand more were on an island 
in mid-stream. Colonel Lewis's force at once opened 
fire, but it was soon apparent that the Dervishes meant 
to continue crossing and get clear away. Our men 
were therefore directed to try and find the ford by 
which the Dervishes had crossed to the island. After 
a few unsuccessful attempts the ford was found, and 
under a hot fire from the Dervishes the Tenth Battalion 
waded across to the lower end of tlie island. It was 
now seen that the Dervishes were strongly posted on 



256 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

the crest of the small hill in the centre of the island, 
separated from our men by about two hundred yards 
of perfectly open ground without a scrap of cover, 
while the Dervishes on the left bank of the river had 
posted themselves so as to pour an enfilading fire 
across the open piece of ground which our men would 
have to cross. 

The Tenth Battalion quickly formed up, and then 
without the least hesitation charged in the most gallant 
style across the open glacis through a perfect hail of 
bullets from front and flank. Over a hundred out of 
our four hundred men fell in this short distance, 
together with Major Fergusson and six Egyptian officers, 
but the remainder never wavered, and charging straight 
on they drove them from their position, and pouring 
a murderous fire into them as they ran they mowed 
them down in numbers, driving tliem to the water s 
edge, where the survivors, about six hundred, tlirew 
down their arms and surrendered themselves prisoners. 
It was fortunate that their resistance ceased, as our men 
had exhausted their ammunition. Ahmed Fedil, with 
the Dervishes who had previously crossed to the left 
bank, made off, and after several days gained the White 
Nile, in the hope of crossing it and joining the Khalifa. 
Only Ahmed Fedil and a few personal followers succeeded 
in doing this ; the remainder were intercepted by the 
patrolling gunboats, and surrendered themselves to the 
number of about one thousand. The action at Roseires, 
though a small one, was the stiffest hand-to-hand fight 
of the whole campaign, as the casualty list shows. Out 
of four hundred and thirty officers and men one English 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 257 

ofificer was wounded, three Egyptian officers killed, five 
wounded, and one hundred and fifty men killed and 
wounded. The battalion throughout behaved beautifully. 
Not for a second did they hesitate, in spite of the 
superior numbers and the difficulty of crossing an open 
space swept by frontal and flanking fire. Captain 
Jennings, R.A.JM.C, behaved most gallantly. While 
our charging troops swept on and closed with the 
enemy, lie remained in the deadly open space still 
swept by the flanking fire of the Dervishes on the 
east bank, and with the assistance of the slightly 
wounded he succeeded in getting all the wounded 
carried off" the fire-swept zone and placed under cover, 
returning again and again to the open ground to carry out 
this service, thereby saving many lives. Major Fergusson, 
who was wounded, had taken part in six previous actions 
in the campaign, and was the onlj^ officer of the battalion 
who had been wdth it since the commencement of the 
Dongola Expedition ; of the other four two had been 
killed, one died, one was invalided. 

This action disposed of the last Dervish force in the 
field in the Eastern Sudan. There now remained only 
the force under the Khalifa himself. 

When the Khalifa fled from Omdurman he was obliged 
to follow the Xile for one hundred and eighty miles as far 
as Ed Duem, which is the first place where a line of water- 
pools makes it possible to strike south-east into the 
desert. Following this route, he had not halted until he 
had reached Lake Sherkeleh, about one hundred and 
twenty miles south-east from Ed Duem. Here he had 
been joined by the remnant of his forces, and promptly 

8 



258 SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 

proceeded to raid the neighbouring tribes in order to col- 
lect supplies. The Sirdar established the second Egyptian 
Battalion at Ed Duem under Lieutenant-Colonel Pink. 
To this post the Arabs constantly brought news of the 
Khalifa, complaining of the way in which they were 
being raided, and asked for assistance ; but, native like, 
thought their request would not be granted unless they 
minimized the difficulty of the undertaking, conse- 
quently they understated the strength of the Khalifa's 
force, and made out that he had only seven hundred 
men. These reports having been forwarded to the Sii'dar, 
he decided to send his brother, Colonel Kitchener, to 
attack the Khalifa. To do this he gave him four hun- 
dred and fifty of the Fourteenth Sudanese Battalion under 
Lieutenant-Colonel Shekleton, four hundred and fifty of 
the Second Eg}"ptian Battalion under Lieutenant-Colonel 
Pink, and about fifty Arab cavalry (ex-Dervishes) under 
Lieutenant-Colonel Mitford and Major Williams, while 
Lieutenant-Colonel Tudway acted as Staff officer to the 
column. They had a difficult march in front of them, 
as they could not rely on getting water for one hundred 
and twenty miles, that is to say, until they were close to 
the Khalifa, but the usual arrangements for carrying water 
and economizing it were made. After a trying march 
they arrived within a short dist<ance of the position, and 
heai'd with dismay that the Khalifa had used up all the 
water at his camp, and had moved to the place w^here 
they had hoped to water. This meant very careful 
husbanding of the w\ater they still had with them. 
They soon came upon the deserted encampment of the 
Khalifa, and here another unpleasant fact was revealed. 



SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896— 1899 259 

Far from being the encampment of seven hundred men 
it was the camp of a few thousand, and it became evident 
to Colonel Kitchener that his force was not big enough. 
However, he decided to reconnoitre the enemy and 
obtain accurate information. Accordingly he moved on 
till within three miles of the Khalifa. Here he formed 
a zeriba, and sent Lieutenant-Colonel Mitford and 
Major Williams to reconnoitre with their fifty ex-Dervish 
cavalry, who turned out first-rate scouts. Mitford and 
Williams soon found the enemy drawn up for a fight, 
and estimated that there were no less than four thousand 
men with rifles and about three thousand spearmen. 
They returned with this intelligence to Colonel Kitchener, 
who of course decided it would be madness to engage 
the enemy. Accordingly he immediately retired. The 
Khalifa started in pursuit, but halted when he reached 
Colonel Kitcheners deserted zeriba. His emirs did 
their best to persuade him to follow up Colonel Kitchener, 
but he was convinced the Egyptians had a large force 
concealed, on to which they were trying to draw him, 
and he refused to follow up, fortunately for Colonel 
Kitchener. The force, however, had a very trying march 
back to the river on very short water allowance. 

Though the Khalifa thus escaped destruction, it is 
only a respite. His days are numbered. In the coming 
autumn, when the rains have fallen and filled up all 
water-pools in the desert, the Sirdar intends, so we hear, 
to at any rate drive him beyond the limits of the Sudan, 
even if he has not the fortune to capture him. At the 
same time Darfur and Kordofan will be taken over. The 
only task then remaining will be to cut through the Sudd 



26o SUDAN CAMPAIGN, 1896—1899 

from Faslioda to Duffile, to open communication with 
the Lakes and Uganda. This will be a difficult, tedious, 
and dangerous undertaking. Baker, Gessi, and Gordon 
all nearly lost their Uves, and spent months wandering 
through the dreary Sudd in days when it was not so 
overgrown as now. But once it is done it will be com- 
paratively easy to keep the channel open, and steamers 
can then ply from Khartum to the cataract at Duffile. 
There a short railway will perhaps turn the cataract, 
and then on in steamers to the lakes. When the rail- 
way reaches Kliartum, as it will in the autumn, when 
Mr. Khodes's railway reaches Tanganyika, and when the 
Sudd is cut through, we shall have steam and telegraphic 
communication from Cairo to the Cape. This will 
suffice for many, many years to come. It will be gener- 
ations before the time comes when steamer and boat 
communication from Khartum to the lakes will not 
suffice to fully develop and work the countries bor- 
dering the Nile. Far more urgent and useful lines 
await the immediate attention of the railway en- 
gineer — first from the Red Sea to Kassala, Gedaref, 
and the Blue Nile, and secondly westwards from Khar- 
tum to Darfur. "When those hues are completed we 
shall have steam communication with every part of the 
Sudan. It is unnecessary to point out the strategic 
value of the first when we consider the position of our 
powerful and warlike neighbour Abyssinia. The recent 
operations against Ahmed Fedil in the neighbourhood 
of Gedaref demonstrated the difficulty of moving and 
supplying even a small force in that neighbourhood, 
and showed up a weak spot in our frontier. 




1^ 



,1 









i 









<<» 










i- 






II 

fi 

I 

I . 

i 



» 



. 



t, 



SUDAN CAAfPAIGN, 1896-1899 261 

But now I am leaving the domain of accomplished 
facts and launching into the regions of speculation. It 
is time that I closed the account of the Sudan campaign. 
To any one who took part in it, it was, I think, evident 
that the success and smooth working of the operations 
were due (1) to the genius and untiring perseverance of 
our commander, (2) to the speed and thoroughness with 
which Lieutenant Girouard carried out the laying of the 
railway, (3) to the fact that all men in responsible 
positions were men who had spent several years on the 
frontier, and so had acquired such a thorough knowledge 
of the country and its people, that they knew exactly 
how to carr}^ out a campaign, which has given to us the 
whole of the Nile valley, the Eastern Sudan to the Red 
Sea and the Abyssinian border, the Bahr el Ghazal, 
Kordofan and Darfur in the Western Sudan. British 
dominion from the Cape to Cairo is an accomplished 
fact ; and tliough the campaigns of Egypt have not been 
productive of such battles as occurred in the Peninsula, 
the Crimea, and in India, yet we may find that the 
future African historian will consider the battles of Tel 
el Kebir and Khartum as decisive in African history as 
the battle of Plassy was in the history of India. 



THE END. 



Richard Clay A Sok«, Limited, 



*■>] \ LOXDON A BUKOAV. 



> ( 



I 



! 



CHARLES NEDFELD-S NEW BOOK. 

H prisoner of the Ikbaleeta 

TWELVE YEARS' CAPTIVITY IN OMDURMAN, 

By CHARLES NEUFELD. 

With Illustuationr, Maps, and Plans. 

SECOND EDITION 
Demy 8vo, 12j. 



SOME PRESS OPINIONS. 

The Olohe says : — '* Mr. Neufeld certainly has a remarkable story to tell —a 
story full of excitement and characterized to some extent by variety. As a 
narrative of personal adventure it is absorbing. ... Of the horrors endured by 
liim in prison the author gives a vivid and heartrending description. . . . Mr. 
Neufeld hns a valuable chapter on the subject, *How Gordon Died.* It will be 
read with the greatest interest. 'J he whole l)ook is sure to appeal powerfully to a 
large number of readers, and to take a leading place in the literature of African 
warfare." 

The Daily News says : — ** Mr. Neufeld's book is indispensable to a thorough 
study of recent Soudanese history." 

The Westmiiistcr GazeUe saya: — "Truth is stranger thsn fiction and often 
more exciting, and readers of Mr. Neufeld's narrative will hardly need to be re- 
minded of the fact The work jiromises to be one of the successful books of the 
year.'* 

The PaU Mall Gazette says : — " It is wonderful that any man should have 
lived through a year of it ; and, indeed, the problem which the book most natur- 
ally suggests is to ask how men did live. Many also will be keen to hear the 
story of Gordon's death as it was told to Mr. Neufeld by the body-servant who 
slept at Gordon's door and brought the final alarm. The story has the rins of 
tnitli about it, and is a fine tale of a fight ; more consonant, too, with probability 
than the version hitherto accepted, which represents the white Pasha as standing 
to be cut down." 

The Iforniiiq Post says : — ** Independent of Mr. Neufeld's personal experiences 
his book contains much valuable information." 

The Liverpool Post says : — "A dramatic interest attaches to the narrative in 
which Mr. Charles Neufeld relates his twelve years' experiences at Omdurman. 
He has endeavoured to tell a ]>lain, unvarnished tale, but the directness makes 
the account of his captivity all the more vivid. This is one of those cases in 
which word painting is unnecessary ; the facts are too remarkable and striking, 
and the statement of them is enough. All the accounts we have had hitherto 
concerning the inspiration and character of Mahdism in the Soudan become faint 
hearsay beside this relation of Neufeld. The book is fascinating even when we 
are following the writer through its gloomiest horrors. At the close the reader is 
left with the conviction that never was a greater benefit conferred on mankind 
than when at Kerreri British powers swept away in headlong ruin this portentous 
recnidesceuce of fanatical barbarism." 

The Bimiingham Gazette says: — ** A record of almost indescribable suffering, 
Mr. Neufeld 's stoiy is plainly written and frankly told. . . . Mr. Neufeld's 
book is a graphic piece of historv, and a valuable contribution to the story of the 
Soudan during its last years of horror . . . The volume is well illustrated." 



CHAPMAN & HALL, Ltd., LONDON. 



• MR. BENNET BURLEIGH'S TWO BOOKS ON THE SOUDAN. 

Strbar anb Ikbaltfa 

OR 

THE RE-CONQUEST OF THE SOUDAN. 
By BENNET BURLEIGH. 

With Portraits, numerovs Illustrations, Maps, and Plan of Battle. 

FOURTH EDITION, 
Demy 8vo, 12«. 

The Daily JVcm-j Hay« :— " Picturesque, 8])irited, and trustworthy narrative. . . . The book 
conipriiM*8 a MUiiiiiiary of the military situation, and a glance at the probable courae of the 
renewed ()i>erationH which are now on the point of couiniencing." 

The Pall Mall Gazttti aaj'8 :—'* Nothing could be more timely. It i« unnecessary at this 
time of day to MCM'ak of Mr. Burleigh's familiar style . . . always to the point, clear, ojid 
>igorous ; or of liis nutter — the matter of an ex)»erienced, shrewd, and fearlesji war corre- 
HiK>ndt>nt. The book \a Just the b<K>k for the occasion, and will make the tale that is coming 
directly more real to many of us. Mr. Burleigh gives a few useful introductory ohaiiters 
dealing with previous events, and a very interesting nccount of a triji to Kassala, ' our new 
jtossession ' ; but in the main it is the story of the Atbara camxmign. The b(»ok makes good 
roftding, entirely aiiart fh)m its timely instructiveness." 

The W*»tmui*ter (rozftU says :— " The book is profoundly interesting. Readers familiar with 
the author's letters in the Z)tt*7y Telffrmph do not need to be told that he is a master of \i>id 
and ](icture.s(iue narrative. Mr. Burleigh has been an eye-witness during the course of all the 
camiMiigns in the Soudan in which British troops have been employed, and therefore writes out 
of full knuwle<lge and exi)erience." 



Ikbattoum CampaioHt 1898 

OR 

THE RE-CONQUEST OF THE SOUDAN. 

By BENNET BURLEIGH. 
With Maps, Plans of Battles, Illustrations, and Portrait of the Author. 

THIJtD £DITIOX. 
Demy 8vo, 12«. 

LiUraturt says :— " Mr. Bennet Burleigh has done wisely in vraiting to bring out his con- 
tiniution of the story of the Soudan until he could round it off with some decent approach to 
completion of subject, if not maturity of judgment. . . . But his book has a distinct value of 
its own, in spite of anything tliat his predecessors have produceil, for he g.ithers uj) in one 
coherent whole the progress of events from the advance sfter the Atbara to the initiation of the 
Gordon Memorial College and the conclusion of the Fashoda incident. . . . Tlie camjiaign 
itself was worthy of a more permanent record ftom the same pen which gave us so many \ivid 
scenes while it was actually In progress, and Mr. Burleigh has considerably increased the \'nlue 
of his original work by revisions and additions, and m»>re especially by incorpomting with it 
many iMtjiers and letters from oftl'-isl sources, which are here very conveniently placed beside 
the reconl of the events to which they refer." 

The Athentyuia says :— "Mr. Bennet Burleigh has had the advantage of much experience of 
Egypt and the Skmdan, and his Khartoum Cauipaign, 1898 (Chapman A Hall), will hold its owni 
bt^sidp any other volume prof\uced by the correspondents who accompanied the expedition. 
Alt<jgether his lMK)k is on appn>priate setpiel to his Sittlar and Khalij'a. . . . The illustnitions 
are abundant and ni)prt>i»riate." 

The Ihiili/ Chronicle says : — " Here we have an attempt at last to render an account of the 
late ramiMiijiU on the Nile in a manner at once readable and instructive. ... It is very good, 
an<l it is the best we are likely t^» hav»> for some ye irs at ouy rate, ... It is impassible to 
resist the conviction that Mr. Diu-leigh feels every word he has written." 

♦ 

CHAPMAN & HALL, Ltd., LONDON. 



To avoid fine, this book should be returned on 
or before the date last stamped below 

tOM-«*S7-l77Sf 



I 



.'■ DT 106.5 .5M3 C.I 

cl Th«8ud«nctmpilgn, 189APN2126 ^- ri O 

I V*- Hoo«r InMtuHon Ub«fy ^H U ^ 

^ imiiiiDiiiiiiiii ^ 

3 6105 083 112 859 



I